{"title":"Outdoor Organization","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"7-x-4-feet-metal-storage-shed-with-sliding-double-lockable-doors","title":"7 x 4 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with 4 Air Vents \u0026 Sliding Double Lockable Doors, Backyard Tool Shed Garden Storage House","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor metal storage shed with sliding double lockable doors is specially designed for tidying up your outdoor space, perfectly meeting your multiple purposes, such as a tool room, a garbage chamber, a pet house, and an outdoor rest place. Crafted with color-coated steel, this metal storage shed is sturdy and durable for long-term outdoor use. All sheets are closely connected with each other with metal screws, protecting stuff from bad weather. What's more, the double sliding door with a lock hole allows you to select a matching lock and enhance the stuff's safety. And it is designed with 4 vents to increase the inside air ventilation for better-storing items. This roomy storage shed comes with 25.6sq.ft floor space, meeting all your storage needs.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/7_x_4_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_06.jpg?v=1646901116\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 4 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Material for Lasting Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilizing premium color-coated steel sheets, this outdoor storage shed features a sturdy frame. Furthermore, thanks to the exterior material, this garden tool house can endure harsh weather for a long time outdoors. Most importantly, the bottom metal stakes also enhance wind resistance, ensuring its stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/7_x_4_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_10.jpg?v=1646029602\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 4 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Walk-in Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e To get rid of the chaos in the backyard, this outdoor storage shed covers an area of up to 25.46sq.ft floor space, facilitating storing your long-handle tools, lawn equipment, and bicycles. With sliding double doors, you can walk into the storage shed to access the stuff easily. Also, the double door with a lock hole allows you to select an adaptive lock, which ensures organizational safety and prevents small animals from accidentally entering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/7_x_4_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_03.jpg?v=1646029644\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 4 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThoughtful Design for Better Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal storage shed comes with 4 necessary vents to increase light getting and air ventilation, helping to prevent odor and reduce moisture accumulation. Moreover, the inclined slope roof is specially designed to prevent rainwater from gathering and rusting. Thus, these humanized functions will effectively protect your items from weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/7_x_4_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_11.jpg?v=1646029694\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 4 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional Use \u0026amp; Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e More than a tool shed, this outdoor garden storage house can also be a storage room for a variety of items and a garbage chamber to keep your garden clean and backyard tidy. Simplistic but industrial appearance is suitable for various occasions, showcasing practicality and attractiveness. Moreover, this storage shed is a safe shelter for your pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/7_x_4_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_05.jpg?v=1646029671\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 4 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging Information \u0026amp; Simple Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The product will be shipped out in 2 separate packages, which might not arrive at the same time. And all required accessories and detailed instructions are packed in the packages. The storage shed is easy to put all parts together just by following detailed instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: 7 ft x 4.2ft x 6.4 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 95lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Loading Capacity: 10 lbs\/sq.ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Metal Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40845299941514,"sku":"GT3731GR+","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/7_x4_OutdoorMetalStorageShed_06.jpg?v=1646900190"},{"product_id":"9-x-6-feet-metal-storage-shed-with-sliding-double-lockable-doors","title":"9 x 6 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with 4 Air Vents \u0026 Sliding Double Lockable Doors, Backyard Tool Shed Garden Storage House","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor metal storage shed with sliding double lockable doors is specially designed for tidying up your outdoor space, perfectly meeting your multiple purposes, such as a tool room, a garbage chamber, a pet house, and an outdoor rest place. Crafted with color-coated steel, this metal storage shed is sturdy and durable for long-term outdoor use. All sheets are closely connected with each other with metal screws, protecting stuff from bad weather. What's more, the double sliding door with a lock hole allows you to select a matching lock and enhance the stuff's safety. And it is designed with 4 vents to increase the inside air ventilation for better-storing items. This roomy storage shed comes with 51.92sq.ft floor space, meeting all your storage needs.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/9_x_6_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_04_3633716c-5ae8-469e-bcc0-a660eafe3ef1.jpg?v=1646272740\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 6 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Material for Lasting Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilizing premium color-coated steel sheets, this outdoor storage shed features a sturdy frame. Furthermore, thanks to the exterior material, this garden tool house can endure harsh weather for a long time outdoors. Most importantly, the bottom metal stakes also enhance wind resistance, ensuring its stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/9_x_6_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_03_236c17a5-4b80-4c5b-8136-621ebbebc5be.jpg?v=1646272796\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 6 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Walk-in Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e To get rid of the chaos in the backyard, this outdoor storage shed covers an area of up to 51.92sq.ft floor space, facilitating storing your long-handle tools, lawn equipment, and bicycles. With sliding double doors, you can walk into the storage shed to access the stuff easily. Also, the double door with a lock hole allows you to select an adaptive lock, which ensures organizational safety and prevents small animals from accidentally entering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/9_x_6_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_13.jpg?v=1646272857\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 6 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThoughtful Design for Better Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal storage shed comes with 4 necessary vents to increase light getting and air ventilation, helping to prevent odor and reduce moisture accumulation. Moreover, the inclined slope roof is specially designed to prevent rainwater from gathering and rusting. Thus, these humanized functions will effectively protect your items from weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/9_x_6_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_12.jpg?v=1646272974\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 6 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional Use \u0026amp; Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e More than a tool shed, this outdoor garden storage house can also be a storage room for a variety of items and a garbage chamber to keep your garden clean and backyard tidy. Simplistic but industrial appearance is suitable for various occasions, showcasing practicality and attractiveness. Moreover, this storage shed is a safe shelter for your pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/9_x_6_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_06_8f547c87-8566-44d0-a1bc-c2a1d5bd77c7.jpg?v=1646272889\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 6 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging Information \u0026amp; Simple Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The product will be shipped out in 3 separate packages, which might not arrive at the same time. And all required accessories and detailed instructions are packed in the packages. The storage shed is easy to put all parts together just by following detailed instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/9_x_6_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_14.jpg?v=1646273124\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 6 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: 9.1 ft x 6.3 ft x 6.6 ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 142 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Loading Capacity: 10 lbs\/sq.ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Metal Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40845300433034,"sku":"GT3732GR+","price":489.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/9_x6_OutdoorMetalStorageShedwith4Vents_SlidingDoubleLockableDoorsforGardenBackyard_04.jpg?v=1646901490"},{"product_id":"11-x-8-feet-metal-storage-shed-with-sliding-double-lockable-doors","title":"11 x 8 FT Large Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with 4 Air Vents \u0026 Sliding Double Lockable Doors, Backyard Tool Shed Garden Storage House","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor metal storage shed with sliding double lockable doors is specially designed for tidying up your outdoor space, perfectly meeting your multiple purposes, such as a tool room, a garbage chamber, a pet house, and an outdoor rest place. Crafted with color-coated steel, this metal storage shed is sturdy and durable for long-term outdoor use. All sheets are closely connected with each other with metal screws, protecting stuff from bad weather. What's more, the double sliding door with a lock hole allows you to select a matching lock and enhance the stuff's safety. And it is designed with 4 vents to increase the inside air ventilation for better storing items. This roomy storage shed comes with 86.4sq.ft floor space, meeting all your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/e58e7aa7-da49-4bbd-b817-3eeede568c37.__CR0_0_970_600_PT0_SX970_V1.jpg?v=1688367001\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/41512a68-ac8f-47b0-a0e1-74875d5d16cd.__CR0_0_970_600_PT0_SX970_V1___-min.jpg?v=1688368079\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/aa1dae66-7c6d-450e-a7eb-3ad6fa6343ca.__CR0_0_970_300_PT0_SX970_V1.jpg?v=1688367177\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/bbf59bd3-e90e-4131-a921-6eda8d36439c.__CR0_0_970_600_PT0_SX970_V1___-min.jpg?v=1688368100\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/7afd9e9f-71e9-47d7-a26f-7a3c85017999.__CR0_0_970_600_PT0_SX970_V1.jpg?v=1688368113\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Material for Lasting Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilizing premium color-coated steel sheets, this outdoor storage shed features a sturdy frame. Furthermore, thanks to the exterior material, this garden tool house can endure harsh weather for a long time outdoors. Most importantly, the bottom metal stakes also enhance wind resistance, ensuring its stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/11_x_8_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_08.jpg?v=1646271182\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Walk-in Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e To get rid of the chaos in the backyard, this outdoor storage shed covers an area of up to 86.4sq.ft floor space, facilitating storing your long-handle tools, lawn equipment, and bicycles. With sliding double doors, you can walk into the storage shed to access the stuff easily. Also, the double door with a lock hole allows you to select an adaptive lock, which ensures organizational safety and prevents small animals from accidentally entering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/11_x_8_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_05.jpg?v=1646271223\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThoughtful Design for Better Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal storage shed comes with 4 necessary vents to increase light getting and air ventilation, helping to prevent odor and reduce moisture accumulation. Moreover, the inclined slope roof is specially designed to prevent rainwater from gathering and rusting. Thus, these humanized functions will effectively protect your items from weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/11_x_8_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_09.jpg?v=1646271246\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional Use \u0026amp; Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e More than a tool shed, this outdoor garden storage house can also be a storage room for a variety of items and a garbage chamber to keep your garden clean and backyard tidy. Simplistic but industrial appearance is suitable for various occasions, showcasing practicality and attractiveness. Moreover, this storage shed is a safe shelter for your pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/11_x_8_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_04.jpg?v=1646271267\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging Information \u0026amp; Simple Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The product will be shipped out in 4 separate packages, which might not arrive at the same time. And all required accessories and detailed instructions are packed in the packages. The storage shed is easy to put all parts together just by following detailed instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11 x 8 Feet Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Double Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/11_x_8_Outdoor_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_4_Vents_Sliding_Double_Lockable_Doors_for_Garden_Backyard_10.jpg?v=1646271295\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: 11.2' x 8.4' x 6.9' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 191lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Loading Capacity: 10 lbs\/sq.ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Metal Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40845300465802,"sku":"GT3733GR+","price":649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/11_x8_OutdoorMetalStorageShedwith4Vents_SlidingDoubleLockableDoorsforGardenBackyard_06.jpg?v=1657500950"},{"product_id":"2-5-x-2-ft-outdoor-wooden-storage-shed-with-double-doors","title":"2.5 x 2 FT Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors, Wood Garden Shed, Outside Tool Shed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre you still bothered by having nowhere to stack tools? This wooden tool cabinet can provide you with an ideal storage solution!\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMade of high-quality fir and tightly connected by hardware, this outdoor wooden storage cabinet is sturdy and not easy to fall apart. The water-based paint coating on the surface provides protection against bad weather and ensures a longer service life for the cabinet. The spacious interior space is convenient for placing tools such as kettles, shovels, and water pipes. In addition, with a simple and beautiful design, this storage shed will be an ideal decoration for the garden, backyard, terrace, and other places!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 2.5 x 2 FT Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_2.5_x_2_FT_Wooden_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_3.jpg?v=1647239949\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality Material: \u003c\/strong\u003eMade of high-quality fir, the storage shed is sturdy and durable with long service life. The water-based paint coating on the surface is anti-corrosive and odorless, which can resist bad weather, making the shed suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 2.5 x 2 FT Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_2.5_x_2_FT_Wooden_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_12.jpg?v=1647239558\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Maintain:\u003c\/strong\u003e All necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included for assembly. The smooth surface facilitates daily cleaning and dust left on it can be quickly wiped with a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 2.5 x 2 FT Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_2.5_x_2_FT_Wooden_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_6.jpg?v=1647239642\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e All the slats are tightly connected by hardware, thus creating a solid shell is not easily deformed and cracked. In addition, four widened legs enhance the overall stability, ensuring that the storage cabinet can stand firmly without easy shaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 2.5 x 2 FT Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_2.5_x_2_FT_Wooden_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_4.jpg?v=1647239605\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact But Ample Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a 27\" x 18.5\" x 27\" interior size, this storage shed provides enough space for you to store gardening tools, pool supplies, and lawn care equipment, which is an ideal storage solution for hiding your outdoor accessories to maintain a neat and orderly appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 2.5 x 2 FT Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_2.5_x_2_FT_Wooden_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_13.jpg?v=1647239716\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Design \u0026amp; Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with flexible hinges and convenient handles, the double doors of this storage shed are easy to open and close, making it easy for you to access items. In addition, with a simple and beautiful design, this cabinet will be a perfect complement to the courtyard, terrace, or deck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 2.5 x 2 FT Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_2.5_x_2_FT_Wooden_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_5.jpg?v=1647239661\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 30.5\" x 22\" x 28.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal dimension: 27\" x 18.5\" x 27\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 31 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 440 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40857522962570,"sku":"GT3744CF","price":153.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife2.5x2FTWoodenOutdoorStorageCabinet_2.jpg?v=1709703009"},{"product_id":"63-inch-tall-wooden-garden-storage-shed-in-shutter-design","title":"63\" Wooden Outdoor Storage Shed, Garden Tool Cabinet Waterproof Portable Shed with Latch Detachable Shelves","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThis high-quality wooden garden shed is an ideal outdoor storage room for items such as watering can, hoses, spades, pots to save more space and keep your yard neat. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Shutter_Storage_Shed_for_Garden_Yard_main.jpg?v=1620192432\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Garden Shutter Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDurable Wood Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eConstructed of high-quality solid fir wood and the well-organized sizes of shelves, the shutter shed ensures its sturdiness and long-term durability. This storage shed is waterproof and anti-corrosive so that it can be placed outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cimg alt='63\" Outdoor Wooden Garden Shutter Storage Shed for Garden Yard' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/63_inch_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Shutter_Storage_Shed_for_Garden_Yard_05.jpg?v=1629272618\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLockable Shutter Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe shed has ventilated shutters designed doors with a wooden lock latch in the middle, which can avoid tools falling off from the shed. It is easy to operate and the smooth surface can protect your hand when you open and close the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTilted Asphalt Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAsphalt roof design for protecting sheds against winds, rain and gale. And the tilted roof to avoid water storage. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdjustable Leveling Feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEquipped with four raised and screwed feet, the height of shed feet can be adjusted slightly to make it stable even on rugged grounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e3-tier Space with Removable Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMade of solid fir wood, this garden storage shed is durable. Also, it comes with 2 shelves, which can be adjusted and removed to suit different sizes of tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cimg alt='63\" Outdoor Wooden Garden Shutter Storage Shed for Garden Yard' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/63_inch_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Shutter_Storage_Shed_for_Garden_Yard_main.jpg?v=1629272637\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eEasy to Assemble:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAll parts are numbered, which makes it easy to put together just by following the detailed instructions included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOverall Dimension: 34\" x 19\" x 63\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eNet Weight: 42.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 x Wood Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 x Instruction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40885426192522,"sku":"OP3331+","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/63inchOutdoorWoodenGardenShutterStorageShedforGardenYard_08.jpg?v=1660298965"},{"product_id":"47-gallon-deck-storage-bench-box-organization-tools","title":"47 Gallon Acacia Wood Deck Box in Teak Oil, Large Outdoor Storage Box, Deck Storage Bench for Patio","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis deck storage box is made of high-quality acacia wood and coated with teak oil, which is durable and can provide you with long-term service! The spacious interior can hold your gardening tools, fitness equipment, cushions, toys, and other items. The round handle at the top makes it easy for you to access items. It is also worth mentioning that our storage box can also be used as a bench, bearing up to 355 pounds. If you want to have a place to rest after your busy gardening work, buy our multi-function deck box as soon as possible!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 47 Gallon Deck Storage Bench Box Organization Tools\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_47_Gallon_Deck_Storage_Bench_Box_Organization_Tools_14.jpg?v=1647676389\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Solid Wood Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of natural acacia wood, our storage bench is sturdy and durable without easy deformation or cracking. The teak oil coating provides a beautiful and lustrous finish in addition to a layer of protection. All parts are connected by premium hardware, ensuring a high load-bearing capacity of 355lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 47 Gallon Deck Storage Bench Box Organization Tools\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_47_Gallon_Deck_Storage_Bench_Box_Organization_Tools_5.jpg?v=1647676505\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The internal dimension of the storage box is 45\" x 16\" x 15\", which provides enough space for you to store gardening tools, patio cushions, barbecue supplies, sports equipment, etc. This deck box is an ideal storage solution for hiding your outdoor accessories to maintain a neat and orderly appearance. But the deck box is not waterproof, you should make an awning for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 47 Gallon Deck Storage Bench Box Organization Tools\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_47_Gallon_Deck_Storage_Bench_Box_Organization_Tools_4.jpg?v=1647676585\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThoughtful Details Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e With flexible hinges and a round handle, the lid of the storage box can be easily opened or closed, making it easy for you to access items. In addition, the breathable slat design ensures no odor inside and keeps your items dry for a long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 47 Gallon Deck Storage Bench Box Organization Tools\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_47_Gallon_Deck_Storage_Bench_Box_Organization_Tools_2.jpg?v=1647676627\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e In addition to providing storage, this deck box can also be used as a bench, allowing you to get a good rest after gardening work. The seat is large enough for two people to sit together. It is a great addition to your backyard, garden, porch, and other places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 47 Gallon Deck Storage Bench Box Organization Tools\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_47_Gallon_Deck_Storage_Bench_Box_Organization_Tools_6.jpg?v=1647676653\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Assemble \u0026amp; Maintain:\u003c\/strong\u003e All necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included for quick assembly. The overall dimension of this deck box is 47.5\" x 17.5\" x 17.5\" (L x W x H). The smooth surface facilitates daily cleaning and dust left on it can be quickly wiped with a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 47 Gallon Deck Storage Bench Box Organization Tools\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_47_Gallon_Deck_Storage_Bench_Box_Organization_Tools_13.jpg?v=1647676734\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Nature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Acacia wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 47.5\" x 17.5\" x 17.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner dimension: 45\" x 16\" x 15\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 355 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 31 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Deck box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40891575664778,"sku":"OP70389","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife47GallonDeckStorageBenchBoxOrganizationTools_8.jpg?v=1649473151"},{"product_id":"65-inch-fir-wood-outdoor-storage-shed-with-lockable-doors","title":"65\" Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis wooden garden shed is ideal for outdoor storage of items such as watering can, hoses, spades, pots, lawn mowers, etc. It is high quality and very durable. Waterproof coating resists bad weather. This shed can help you to save more space and keep your yard neat! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife65InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_13.jpg?v=1676948158\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Wood Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed of well-organized sizes is made of 100% solid fir wood with metal handles, hinges, and latches. The door is reinforced by an extra X-shaped wood board to enhance its durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_64_Inch_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Outdoor_Fir_Wood_Cabinet_1.jpg?v=1648190865\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilted Roof Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The slightly tilted roof is covered with waterproof asphalt material, which can protect the shed against winds, rain, and gale and prevent water from accumulating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Garden_Utility_Tools_Organizer_with_Lockable_Doors_12.jpg?v=1620460278\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Garden_Utility_Tools_Organizer_with_Lockable_Doors_12.jpg?v=1620460278\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoomy Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor shed can be divided into two parts including 4 compartments for storing different tools. The left part consists of 3 compact compartments, which are suitable for placing short tools such as a watering can and toolbox. The right part is a tall compartment that can accommodate long-handled tools such as rakes and brooms. The shelf on the left can also be removed if you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg height=\"480x480\" width=\"480x480\" alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Garden_Utility_Tools_Organizer_with_Lockable_Doors_13_480x480.jpg?v=1620460396\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Garden_Utility_Tools_Organizer_with_Lockable_Doors_13_480x480.jpg?v=1620460396\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Lockable Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden storage shed is equipped with double doors, which can be locked by a metal latch to prevent tools from falling off the shelves. Besides, the 4 metal hinges can connect the doors to open flexibly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife65InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_7_480x480.jpg?v=1676948216\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife65InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_7_480x480.jpg?v=1676948216\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife65InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_2_480x480.jpg?v=1676948226\" alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife65InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_2_480x480.jpg?v=1676948226\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish and Versatile Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring a classic and concise appearance, The storage cabinet matches well indoors or outdoors. You can use it as a garden tool storage cabinet, pool supplies storage cabinet, or lawn maintenance equipment shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 65 Inch Wooden Storage Shed Outdoor Fir Wood Cabinet\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife65InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_11.jpg?v=1676948188\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood \u0026amp; Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 56'' x 20'' x 64'' (L x W x H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThickness of Each Board: 0.3''\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of Each Clapboard: 15'' x 25''\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 69 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40910016184458,"sku":"OP3330+","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife64InchWoodenStorageShedOutdoorFirWoodCabinet_3.jpg?v=1660787996"},{"product_id":"68-cubic-feet-horizontal-storage-shed-for-garbage-cans","title":"6 x 3 FT Horizontal Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Garbage Bin Enclosure, Multi-function Storage Cabinet for Garden Yard","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis affordable storage shed provides a great place for your garbage cans, garden crafts, pool supplies, and other items. It can be placed anywhere in the backyard or deck where storage is needed. Made of thick CGCC and SGCC, this storage shed is weather-resistant and waterproof. Besides solid construction with four ground anchors ensures it's durable and solid enough for outdoor use. More, high-quality chains can be connected with garbage can cover and powerful hydraulic pistons provide great support. Locking doors are safe and easy to use. Plus, with a saddle roof, this shed is not easy for water and snow to accumulate. Whether it's windy or rainy, this house will give you the best protection for your tools!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/6x3FT_Outdoor_Horizontal_Storage_Shed_for_Garbage_Cans_15_800x800.jpg?v=1621481653\" alt=\"Eletriclife Horizontal Storage Shed 68 Cubic Feet for Garbage Cans\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6 style=\"text-align: left;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Material for Outdoor:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden storage shed is made of a high-quality steel frame structure with extra metal reinforcement. Whether it's windy or rainy, the durable and sturdy outdoor storage cabinet will give you the best protection for your gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-corrosion and Waterproof Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden shed is built with thick CGCC and SGCC galvanized steel, rust-proof and scratch-resistant, which can efficiently prevent corrosion. Besides, with saddle roof design, this metal storage shed is heavy-duty yet avoids water and snow accumulated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg height=\"800x800\" width=\"800x800\" style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Horizontal Storage Shed 68 Cubic Feet for Garbage Cans\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/6x3FT_Outdoor_Horizontal_Storage_Shed_for_Garbage_Cans_11_800x800.jpg?v=1621481776\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnough Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed with a large inner storage capacity can contain 2 large garbage cans. In addition, it has chains for fixing the lid of the trash, which can be easily opened without dirtying your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Design for Convenient Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apart from the chains for the garbage can lid, this horizontal storage house is also equipped with thoughtful details to make it easy for you to use. Handles on both sides are designed for easy handling. And door handles facilitate door opening and closing. In addition, premium hydraulic pistons are for easy opening lids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg height=\"800x800\" width=\"800x800\" style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Horizontal Storage Shed 68 Cubic Feet for Garbage Cans\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/6x3FT_Outdoor_Horizontal_Storage_Shed_for_Garbage_Cans_12_800x800.jpg?v=1621481823\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Installation Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden horizontal storage shed needs simple assembly. Please note you need to choose a level area with good drainage for the storage building. Additionally, these panels of the storage shed are pre-cut and pre-drilled for fast assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey + Beige\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color Plate Galvanized Sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension: 6 x 3 x 5 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Height: 50\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Size: 68\" x 38\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instuction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40910016348298,"sku":"GT3420+","price":309.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeHorizontalStorageShed68CubicFeetforGarbageCans_5.jpg?v=1662769396"},{"product_id":"10-x-10-feet-patio-tent-carport-storage-shelter-shed-car-canopy","title":"10x10 Ft Heavy Duty Outdoor Storage Shelter, Steel Frame Enclosed Carport Shed with Waterproof Ripstop Cover, Portable Garage Tent for Motorcycle, ATV","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe storage shelter is made of a heavy-duty steel frame, which is sturdy for durable use. And the poles of the frame are bonded with a premium powder-coated finish which prevents chipping, peeling, rust, and corrosion. In addition, the whole canopy is connected with strong and thicker accessories so that the frame is stable after setting up. The door with double zippers is for convenient access and it also can be removed. Most of the poles are connected with buckles for easy installation. With premium PE cover, the shelter is sure to provide protection against rain, snow and sunshine for your items such as tools, firewood, and small vehicles. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed-min.jpg?v=1676958283\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_7_-min.jpg?v=1676958312\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_8_-min.jpg?v=1676958323\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_9_-min.jpg?v=1676958333\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_11_-min.jpg?v=1676958606\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eConstructed of heavy-duty and sturdy metal, the frame of the carport is sturdy and not easy to deform. The supporting poles and enhanced connectors with white powder-coat resist rust and corrosion. The carport will serve you for a long time. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_4_-min.jpg?v=1676958645\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDuring the installation process, it doesn't need additional tools because most of the tubes are equipped with buckles. All of the required accessories and parts come with the parcel. You'd better have some assistants to help you when you want to put up the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_5_-min.jpg?v=1676958655\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_10_-min.jpg?v=1676958352\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Door for Ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eComes with a double-zippered door, it is convenient to roll up the curtain and fasten it with two clasps from outside or inside. And the door is fixed with frame by hook and loop fastener which is easy to be removed for better air ventilation inside. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_3_-min.jpg?v=1676958635\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Windproof Effect:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCovered with premium PE, the carport can protect items inside against rain, snow, and sun. The covering is fixed by multiple ball bungees. With the help of strong pegs and long ropes, the carport will become more stable after setting up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_2_-min.jpg?v=1676958622\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWith waterproof and windproof functions, the storage shed is perfect to provide good shade for your small car, motorcycle, bicycle, and some garden tools. It even can be used as a firewood shed. You can place this multipurpose shed in your garden, backyard, or patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 10 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x10FTOutdoorPatioSteelCarportCanopyTentStorageShelterGarageShed_6_-min.jpg?v=1676958666\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel, PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of carport: 10' x 10' x 8.7' (L x W x H) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight of product: 67.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 10' x 10' Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40910016381066,"sku":"AW10003","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/storagetent_2.jpg?v=1648207670"},{"product_id":"70-inch-wooden-outdoor-storage-shed-lockable-garden-tool-storage-cabinet","title":"63\" Wood Outdoor Storage Shed Lockable Garden Tools Storage Cabinet with 5 Shelves, Galvanized Sheet Roof","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre you still looking for a nice shed to organize the various tools in your yard?\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIt is time to make full use of the outdoor space and give you a clean and comfortable home!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_13.jpg?v=1648194932\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_13.jpg?v=1648194932\"\u003eThis outdoor wood storage shed is made of solid fir wood and waterproof paint, more durable, and has a long service life. The solid frame structure ensures stability and large load capacity. Besides, Its galvanized sheet roof has excellent corrosion resistance and sun resistance, and the tilted design can avoid standing water due to rain. Most importantly, 2 metal latches and non-slip mats are designed to give you double security. This enclosed shed with 5 shelves gives you ample storage space to help you classify and organize your tools better. Simple appearance and fine workmanship make it look stylish and elegant. This amazing shed is an ideal choice for gardens, balconies, and courtyards. Don't hesitate to buy it!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Solid Wood Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combining premium solid fir wood with waterproof paint, this storage shed has a strong and stable structure to provide extremely long service times. Besides, the tilted roof made of galvanized sheet prevents the shed from fading or deforming due to the effects of wind and rain, making it ideal for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_4.jpg?v=1648195037\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Shelves for Ample Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e This large-sized tool shed provides more storage space for your shovel, watering can, broom and other tools or garden supplies. The most important thing is that its interior is divided into 2 storage spaces. The 5 shelves on the left part can place small tools orderly, and the right can be used for some tools with long handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_5.jpg?v=1648195098\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable \u0026amp; Security Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This shed with a door can prevent dust or rain from invading, thus keeping tools or other items neat and dry. More, it also has 2 metal latches to lock the door to ensure the safety of your property. In addition, non-slip pads on solid wood legs increase friction and add extra stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_6.jpg?v=1648195134\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Double Door Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This unique garden storage shed can be quickly converted into a double-door design after the slats in the middle of the door are removed, thus facilitating your access to items. A variety of door opening methods can meet your different needs. In addition, antirust and flexible hinges can be opened and closed smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_8.jpg?v=1648195258\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelicate Design for Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combining aesthetics and practicality, this delicate and beautiful shed can add charm and elegance while keeping the yard tidy, which is easy to attract people's attention. Natural color design can be matched with any other decoration and natural environment, perfect for gardens, balconies, and courtyards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_7.jpg?v=1648195242\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_3.jpg?v=1648195210\" alt=\"Eletriclife Wooden Outdoor Lockable Garden Tool Storage\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir wood + galvanized sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct size: 28“x 18“x 63” (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 40 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of each layer: 22 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of bottom layer: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor storage shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40910116946058,"sku":"OP70313","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeWoodenOutdoorLockableGardenToolStorage_10.jpg?v=1648209348"},{"product_id":"7-x-12-feet-outdoor-enclosed-carport-shed-with-all-steel-metal-frame","title":"7 x 12 FT Outdoor Patio Steel Carport Canopy Tent Storage Shelter Garage Shed for Motorcycle ATV Car Bike","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade of heavy-duty steel, the frame of the storage shelter is sturdy for durable use. The poles of frame are bonded with a premium powder-coated finish which prevents chipping, peeling, rust, and corrosion. In addition, the whole canopy is connected with strong and thicker accessories so that the frame is stable after setting up. The door with double zippers is for convenient access and it also can be removed. Most of the poles are connected with buckles for easy installation. With premium PE cover, the shelter is sure to provide protection against rain, snow and sunshine for your items such as tools, firewood, and small vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 12 Feet Outdoor Enclosed Carport Shed with All-Steel Metal Frame\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_7_x_12_Feet_Outdoor_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_with_All-Steel_Metal_Frame_9.jpg?v=1648208592\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of heavy-duty and sturdy metal, the frame of a carport is sturdy and not easy to deform. The supporting poles and enhanced connectors with a white power coat resist rust. The carport will serve you for a long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 12 Feet Outdoor Enclosed Carport Shed with All-Steel Metal Frame\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_7_x_12_Feet_Outdoor_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_with_All-Steel_Metal_Frame_13.jpg?v=1648208683\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e During the installation process, it doesn't need additional tools because most of the tubes are equipped with buckles. All of the required accessories and parts come with the parcel. You’d better have some assistants to help you when you want to put up the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Door for Ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a double-zippered door, it is convenient to roll up the curtain and fasten by two clasps from outside or inside. And the door is fixed with frame by hook and loop fastener which is easy to be removed for better air ventilation inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 12 Feet Outdoor Enclosed Carport Shed with All-Steel Metal Frame\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_7_x_12_Feet_Outdoor_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_with_All-Steel_Metal_Frame_14.jpg?v=1648208748\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Windproof Effect:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covered with premium PE, the carport can protect items inside against rain, snow, and sun. The covering is fixed by multiple ball bungees. With the help of strong pegs and long ropes, the carport will become more stable after setting up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 12 Feet Outdoor Enclosed Carport Shed with All-Steel Metal Frame\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_7_x_12_Feet_Outdoor_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_with_All-Steel_Metal_Frame_10.jpg?v=1648208703\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e With waterproof and windproof function, the storage shed is perfect to provide good shade for your motorcycle, bicycle, and some garden tools. It even can be used as firewood shed. You can place this multipurpose shed in your garden, backyard, or patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 12 Feet Outdoor Enclosed Carport Shed with All-Steel Metal Frame\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_7_x_12_Feet_Outdoor_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_with_All-Steel_Metal_Frame_15.jpg?v=1648208731\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel, PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of carport: 7' x 12' x 7.4' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight of product: 62.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 7' x 12' carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40911585149066,"sku":"AW10002","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife7x12FeetOutdoorEnclosedCarportShedwithAll-SteelMetalFrame_4.jpg?v=1648208845"},{"product_id":"outdoor-lawn-patio-potting-bench-storage-table-shelf","title":"Outdoor Patio Potting Bench Table with Sink, Drawer, Shelves \u0026 Hooks, Fir Wood Garden Work Bench Workstation","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf you love to garden and plant flowers, vegetables, and herbs, this is the perfect potting bench for you!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThis new stylish wooden worktop potting bench is made from natural fir wood construction and designed for durability. It has a spacious work desktop for any garden task, and a durable sink to make potting plants easy and to help keep the workspace tidy. A large drawer that provides enough space for all of your small gardening tools. Equip with several hooks for hanging gardening tools. Perfect for your porch, patio, garden, yard, or flower house!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_8.jpg?v=1648288966\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_9.jpg?v=1648289498\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Potting Bench:\u003c\/strong\u003e This potting bench plays its practical role in your backyard, patio, lawn, or garden. The work table is not only used for storing tools or plant pots but also for washing your hands in the top sink after finishing your gardening work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_4.jpg?v=1648289014\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gardening potting bench consists of a top-shelf, spacious tabletop, sink, 1 drawer, 2-tier shelves, and 3 hooks. It provides you with enough space to store small gardening tools. Open shelves bring you much convenience to put gardening stuff on and take them from shelves. 3 hooks are designed for hanging towels or little gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_10.jpg?v=1648289300\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_6_0258eff7-f362-4c96-9d13-23c74ddcfae1.jpg?v=1648289571\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_7.jpg?v=1648289389\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_7.jpg?v=1648289389\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Wood Gardening Work Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight makes it easy for you to move the gardening table. Foot cap on each leg can not only protect your lawn or floor well but also makes the table keep sturdy and balanced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_1.jpg?v=1648289458\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_1.jpg?v=1648289458\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient for Washing, Cleaning, and Watering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with a durable sink, the potting bench makes potting plants become easy. It is useful for cleaning tools and the table itself and washing your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_2.jpg?v=1648289346\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_2.jpg?v=1648289346\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly with Patient Service \u0026amp; Detailed Manual:\u003c\/strong\u003e The potting bench will come with a detailed assembly manual for reference. This customer service is available for helping you solve problems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_11.jpg?v=1648289216\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Lawn Patio Potting Bench Storage Table Shelf\" style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-style=\"float: none;\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Lawn_Patio_Potting_Bench_Storage_Table_Shelf_11.jpg?v=1648289216\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 28 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 110 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct size: 46\" x 18\" x 48\"(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Wooden potting bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40916432158858,"sku":"GT3203","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeOutdoorLawnPatioPottingBenchStorageTableShelf_3.jpg?v=1651194567"},{"product_id":"outdoor-garden-wooden-potting-bench-with-metal-tabletop","title":"Outdoor Potting Bench Table, Fir Wood Garden Workstation with Metal Tabletop, Cabinet \u0026 Drawer, Storage Shelf for Backyard, Balcony","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis potting bench features a metal-plated tabletop that is durable and easy to clean. Equipped with the drawer and shelf, it gives you ample space for all your gardening needs. This potting bench is constructed of natural wood and it is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. If you love to garden and plant flowers and vegetables. The large metal tabletop is convenient for various garden tasks. It is a perfect potting bench. Don't hesitate to buy it!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Garden Wooden Work Station Potting Bench\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Garden_Wooden_Work_Station_Potting_Bench_3.jpg?v=1648299439\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Wood Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e This potting bench is made of solid fir wood, which is durable for long time use. This workstation makes potting plants easy and helps you to keep the garden tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Garden Wooden Work Station Potting Bench\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Garden_Wooden_Work_Station_Potting_Bench_6.jpg?v=1648299558\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Metal Tabletop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with a large metal plated tabletop, it is convenient for various garden tasks in daily life. And with the iron material, it is more durable and easy for you to clean after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Garden Wooden Work Station Potting Bench\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Garden_Wooden_Work_Station_Potting_Bench_7.jpg?v=1648299590\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBig Drawer \u0026amp; Removable Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e The potting bench comes with a big drawer and removable lower shelf, which provides enough space for all of your small gardening tools and gives you more room for storage. With extra 3 side hooks, it is easy for tool hanging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Garden Wooden Work Station Potting Bench\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Garden_Wooden_Work_Station_Potting_Bench_9.jpg?v=1648299616\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Easy To Assemble:\u003c\/strong\u003e This wooden table is waterproof and moisture-proof, which can be used both indoors and outdoors. And with clear instruction, it helps you to assemble the station more quickly. Really save your time and energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Garden Wooden Work Station Potting Bench\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Garden_Wooden_Work_Station_Potting_Bench_2.jpg?v=1648299746\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For Different Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This table is simple and useful. Just put it in the garden and use it to help you plant flowers, vegetables. It is suitable for different decoration usage. Make your work more convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural wood color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 38 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 44.0\" x 18.0\" x 49.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Garden bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40916433666186,"sku":"GT3555","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeOutdoorGardenWoodenWorkStationPottingBench_4.jpg?v=1651194535"},{"product_id":"88-gallon-garden-patio-rattan-storage-container-box","title":"88 Gallon All-weather Rattan Deck Box, Outdoor Wicker Storage Container Cabinet Bench with 2 Shelves \u0026 Openable Door for Cushions, Tools","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLooking for a storage box for your outdoor space? So never compromise your style when looking for form and function in your outdoor living space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis garden bench box maximizes storage space and increases patio seating capacity while serving as an attractive focal point to your garden or patio. It is constructed of sturdy steel, PE wicker, and weatherproof for durable use. When space is limited for outdoor storage, the deck box is the perfect solution, offering plenty of room for cushions, cleaning supplies, and other outdoor essentials. There are two layers in the box to help you make the most of the space. In addition, it is easy to store or carry items because the box can be opened at the top or front. With its compact design, it is ideal to place the storage box in your garden, patio, balcony, poolside, backyard, lawn, and other outdoor areas of your house. Comes with detailed instructions, you can install the box quickly. Don’t lose out on the opportunity to bring your home a versatile garden box!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_88_Gallon_Garden_Patio_Rattan_Storage_Container_Box_Black_11.jpg?v=1648303977\" alt=\"Eletriclife 88 Gallon Garden Patio Rattan Storage Container Box Black\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Materials for Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e This storage box is crafted of a heavy-duty steel frame, ensuring sturdiness and extending its service life. Plus, made from weather-resistant rattan material, the storage container can be left outside and is not easily deformed or cracked. Besides, the non-slip foot pads on the bottom will protect the floor from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_88_Gallon_Garden_Patio_Rattan_Storage_Container_Box_Black_8.jpg?v=1648304349\" alt=\"Eletriclife 88 Gallon Garden Patio Rattan Storage Container Box Black\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Capacity with Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with ample storage space, the cabinet with 2 Shelves can hold up to 88 gallons of multiple items. It also prevents pieces of stuff from getting dusty and creates a tidy room by keeping everything behind the door. In addition, the spacious cabinet top allows you to display decorative plants or put something for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_88_Gallon_Garden_Patio_Rattan_Storage_Container_Box_Brown_8.jpg?v=1648304140\" alt=\"Eletriclife 88 Gallon Garden Patio Rattan Storage Container Box Black\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Ways to Open Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e The storage box can be opened in two ways, which brings much convenience to put in or take out your items. The flip cover on the top is easy to open and close with two premium gas bars. Equipped with a magnetic snap, the two front doors can be tightly closed when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_88_Gallon_Garden_Patio_Rattan_Storage_Container_Box_Black_13.jpg?v=1648304046\" alt=\"Eletriclife 88 Gallon Garden Patio Rattan Storage Container Box Black\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e With its concise, modern style, this versatile storage box is an ideal choice for indoor and outdoor occasions. In addition to storing various items, it is a perfect blend of functionality and aesthetics, making it a great decoration for your home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_88_Gallon_Garden_Patio_Rattan_Storage_Container_Box_Black_2.jpg?v=1648304391\" alt=\"Eletriclife 88 Gallon Garden Patio Rattan Storage Container Box Black\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install and Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e All required accessories and hardware are in the package. The storage box is easy to assemble with detailed instructions. And its smooth surface makes for easy cleaning and maintenance, which is convenient to clean with a wet cloth. Dimensions of Closing Box: 45\" x 23.5\"x 25.5\" (L x W x H). Dimensions of Fully Open Box: 85\" x 23.5\" x 48\" (L x W x H). Load Capacity of Cabinet Top: 135lbs. Load Capacity of Shelf: 88lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_88_Gallon_Garden_Patio_Rattan_Storage_Container_Box_Brown_2.jpg?v=1648304553\" alt=\"Eletriclife 88 Gallon Garden Patio Rattan Storage Container Box Black\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: rattan, steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\/Brown\/Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of closing box: 45'' x 23.5'' x 25.5'' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of fully open box: 85'' x 23.5'' x 48'' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight of shelf: 10.5''\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight of box: 36.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity of shelf: 110 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Deck Storage box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":40916436713610,"sku":"HW62862DK","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":40916436746378,"sku":"HW62862BN","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":40916436779146,"sku":"HW62862GR","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife88GallonGardenPatioRattanStorageContainerBoxBlack_3.jpg?v=1668821099"},{"product_id":"9-x-17-ft-heavy-duty-carport-canopy-with-roll-up-front-door","title":"9 x 17 FT Heavy Duty Carport Portable Garage with Roll-up Door, Storage Shelter Car Port Canopy Tent for Auto Truck Boat SUV","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis carport canopy made of high-quality PE fabric will effectively keep your car away from heavy sunlight and rain. And the sturdy steel structure with ratchet straps, wind ropes and ground stakes ensures high-level stability, making the carport not easy to wobble. In addition, the carport can be changed into different forms by rolling up the front door, or detach the front and back doors. So, you can do multiple activities under the carport, such as parking cars, enjoying a barbecue or holding a family gathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_4.jpg?v=1652339641\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant PE Fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring all-weather 130G PE canopy fabric, this carport well protects your beloved car and effectively keeps it away from scorching sunlight and annoying rain. Moreover, the canopy fabric is also rip-resistant and anti-scratch, ensuring enduring service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_5.jpg?v=1652339099\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of plastic sprayed steel pipes, the whole frame is deformation resistant and rustproof, enabling the carport to stand outdoors for a long-lasting time. And the stable triangle structure on the top highly increases the stability. Furthermore, the steel corner joints firmly fix all the steel pipes in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_8.jpg?v=1652339460\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuper High Stability \u0026amp; Safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e The carport is designed with ratchet straps to strengthen the structure. Also, you can insert expansion bolts into the holes of the footpads for higher sturdiness. And we recommend that you use wind ropes and grounds stakes which are already included in the package when installing the carport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_9.jpg?v=1652339473\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Scene Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e The front door with a functional zipper can be rolled up and fixed by the strap with hook and loop fastener. And you can remove both the front and back doors for different usage. This carport will be a perfect choice for parking cars, outdoor gatherings and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_7.jpg?v=1652339449\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_6.jpg?v=1652339434\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivered with easy-to-follow instructions and complete accessories, this carport is not that difficult to assemble. In addition, the whole carport canopy will be delivered in two packages so the arrival time may vary. Please wait with patience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_9_x_17_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Canopy_2.jpg?v=1652339074\" alt=\"Eletriclife 9 x 17 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel + 130G PE fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 9' x 17' x 9.2' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 104.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41136018030730,"sku":"AW10008YW+","price":319.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife9x17FeetHeavyDutyCarportCanopy_3.jpg?v=1652339706"},{"product_id":"10-x-20-feet-heavy-duty-steel-portable-carport-car-canopy-shelter","title":"10 x 20 FT Heavy-Duty Steel Carport Portable Garage Car Canopy Shelter Party Tent with Removable Sidewalls, Roll-up Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 10 x 20 feet outdoor carport is perfect for your beloved car or other outdoor activities. Supported by super sturdy steel frame, this carport possesses high stability. And the wind ropes and ground stakes make it stand more stably. And the carport canopy is made of high-grade PE fabric, which protects your car from scorching sunlight and rain. All the sidewalls are removable, and both the window covers and doors can be rolled up to satisfy your various demands. It will provide a perfect shelter for your vehicles and a variety of outdoor activities!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_2.jpg?v=1652860482\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_3.jpg?v=1652860494\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant PE Fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring top-grade 180G PE fabric, the carport resists well tearing, abrasion and scratches, ensuring the prolonged service life. Furthermore, it's also colorfast, sunproof and waterproof, keeping your beloved car away from scorching sunlight and annoying rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_5.jpg?v=1652854087\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_1.jpg?v=1652854040\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of reinforced steel frame, this carport with solid triangle structure on the top is of high-level stability. Plus, all the steel pipes possess exquisite coatings, which make them rustproof. And the corner joints, elastic ball straps, and hook and loop fastener tightly connect each part of the carport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_6.jpg?v=1652854194\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This carport can be changed into different forms by removing the sidewalls according to your needs. And the window cover can be rolled up for better visibility. Moreover, the front and back door with zipper design and fixing straps can also be rolled up based on your demands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_8.jpg?v=1652854245\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Range of Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e With weatherproof material and multi-purpose design, this carport with detachable sidewalls will perfectly meet your outdoor demands. Whether you want to hold an outdoor wedding, park your car, have an outdoor gathering or enjoy barbecue, this carport will always be your considerate shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_4.jpg?v=1652854071\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clear instruction will help you correctly put this carport together. And it's necessary to use the ground stakes and wind ropes, and we suggest setting this carport up on the lawn. If you choose to install it on cement ground or soft ground, the sandbags are recommended to keep the carport stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Heavy-Duty_Steel_Portable_Carport_Car_Canopy_Shelter_7.jpg?v=1652854221\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Heavy-Duty Steel Portable Carport Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel + 180G PE fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 10 x 20 x 9.2 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of each window: 3.9 x 3.9 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 118 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41171879198858,"sku":"AW10007YW","price":379.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife10x20FeetHeavy-DutySteelPortableCarportCarCanopyShelter_2.jpg?v=1652854019"},{"product_id":"8-x-14-feet-carport-car-canopy-tent-outdoor-storage-shelter-shed","title":"8 x 14 FT Heavy Duty Steel Enclosed Carport Car Canopy Tent Outdoor Garage Storage Shelter Shed with Waterproof Ripstop Cover","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty steel outdoor carport is sturdy for durable use. The poles of the frame are bonded with a premium powder-coated finish, which prevents chipping, peeling, rust, and corrosion. Besides, the whole canopy is connected with strong, thicker accessories so that the frame is stable after setting up. With premium PE cover, the storage shelter is sure to protect against rain, snow, and sunshine for your items, such as tools, firewood, and small vehicles. The door with double zippers is for easy access, and it can be removed. Most of the poles are connected with buckles for easy installation. This outdoor storage shelter is perfect for storing small vehicles, tools, and firewood!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_14_Feet_Patio_Car_Tent_Carport_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Canopy_1.jpg?v=1653033011\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 14 Feet Patio Car Tent Carport Storage Shelter Shed Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of heavy-duty and sturdy metal, the frame of the carport is sturdy and not easy to deform. The supporting poles and enhanced connectors with white powder coat resist rust and corrosion. The carport will serve you for a long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_14_Feet_Patio_Car_Tent_Carport_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Canopy_11.jpg?v=1653033126\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 14 Feet Patio Car Tent Carport Storage Shelter Shed Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e During the installation process, it doesn't need additional tools because most of the tubes are equipped with buckles. All of the required accessories and parts come with the parcel. It's better to have some assistance to help you when you want to put up the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_14_Feet_Patio_Car_Tent_Carport_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Canopy_4.jpg?v=1653033055\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 14 Feet Patio Car Tent Carport Storage Shelter Shed Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Door for Ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with a double-zippered door, it is convenient to roll up the curtain and fasten by two clasps from outside or inside. And the door is fixed with frame by hook and loop fastener, which is easy to remove for better air ventilation inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_14_Feet_Patio_Car_Tent_Carport_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Canopy_5.jpg?v=1653033068\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 14 Feet Patio Car Tent Carport Storage Shelter Shed Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Windproof Effect:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covered with premium PE, the carport can protect items inside against rain, snow, and sun. The covering is fixed by multiple ball bungees. With the help of strong pegs and long ropes, the carport will become more stable after being set up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_14_Feet_Patio_Car_Tent_Carport_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Canopy_3.jpg?v=1653033041\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 14 Feet Patio Car Tent Carport Storage Shelter Shed Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e With waterproof and windproof function, the storage shed is perfect to provide good shade for your small car, motorcycle, bicycle and some garden tools. It can even be used as a firewood shed. You can place this multipurpose shed in your garden, backyard or patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_14_Feet_Patio_Car_Tent_Carport_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Canopy_6.jpg?v=1653033081\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 14 Feet Patio Car Tent Carport Storage Shelter Shed Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel, PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of carport: 8' x 14' x 7.6' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight of product: 69 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 8' x 14' carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41186404204682,"sku":"AW10018GN","price":259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife8x14FeetPatioCarTentCarportStorageShelterShedCanopy_8.jpg?v=1653033666"},{"product_id":"8-83-cubic-feet-heavy-duty-hard-shell-rooftop-cargo-box","title":"8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Hard Shell Rooftop Cargo Carrier Car Roof Rack Storage Box for Vans SUVs","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis hard shell rooftop cargo carrier has a spacious 8.83 cubic feet of storage space, different objects can be stored with great convenience. Moreover, the weather-resistant PP material renders this heavy-duty roof storage box suitable in all weather conditions. The security lock and keys enhance safety. In addition, you can easily load or unload things because of the passenger-side opening design. And the metal support arms keep the rooftop cargo carrier open until you need to close it. The equipped belts help fix the things, preventing them from scattering when driving. Now start an enjoyable trip with it!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is suitable for vehicles with roof racks (the width of the roof rack is adjusted to between 18.5 inches and 36.61 inches, and the width of the roof crossbar is less than 3.15 inches). And it is compatible with round, square, factory, and most aerodynamic bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_12.jpg?v=1657094092\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_13.jpg?v=1657094106\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_27.jpg?v=1657094220\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_16.jpg?v=1657094202\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_14.jpg?v=1657094130\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_15.jpg?v=1657094160\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a spacious 8.83 cubic feet of storage space, this rooftop cargo carrier is able to accommodate a variety of outing items for you, such as sleeping bags, tents, suitcases, skiing boards, etc. Moreover, the extra belt can fix the items, avoiding scattering when the car is on the road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_21.jpg?v=1657094256\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather PP Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of heavy-duty PP material, the rooftop storage box is waterproof, dustproof, windproof and sunproof. As a result, it can serve you in all seasons, accompanying years to come. Furthermore, the smooth surface makes it easy to clean it with a cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_24_8cc9f415-0f61-4d2a-b3c0-7e06fe2a65c4.jpg?v=1657094320\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure \u0026amp; Convenient Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e In order to keep your belongings secure, this rooftop cargo carrier is designed with the security lock that has keys. More importantly, the passenger-side opening design is convenient for you to load or unload the inner items effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_23.jpg?v=1657094282\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The excellent workmanship ensures safe driving under different conditions. With sturdy metal support arms, the rooftop cargo carrier can stay open until you need to close it. What's more, the roof storage box is applicable to various roads, even on uneven roads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_20.jpg?v=1657094243\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA Hassle-Free Trip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coming with equipped hardware and detailed instruction, the rooftop cargo carrier is easy to be mounted to the car top. And then you can start a hassle-free trip with your family and friends, appreciating the wonderful scenery along the way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8.83_Cubic_Feet_Heavy_Duty_Car_Storage_Roof_Rack_Mount_Carrier_Rooftop_Cargo_Box_22.jpg?v=1657094269\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8.83 Cubic Feet Heavy Duty Car Storage Roof Rack Mount Carrier Rooftop Cargo Box\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: PP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 52\" x 30.5\" x 12.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 25.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 121 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage volume: 8.83 cubic feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Rooftop cargo carrier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Accessory bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41458637963402,"sku":"AT6116","price":417.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife8.83CubicFeetHeavyDutyCarStorageRoofRackMountCarrierRooftopCargoBox_25.jpg?v=1677641707"},{"product_id":"8-x-8-feet-outdoor-garden-metal-storage-shed-with-sliding-door","title":"8 x 8 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Garden Tool Bike Shed, Galvanized Metal Shed with Air Vent \u0026 Slide Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor storage shed is built from color plate and electro galvanized sheet for corrosion resistance. It is equipped with two sliding doors and four ventilation windows placed high to ensure security and adequate ventilation. So items that are kept in this well-designed storage building get plenty of fresh air while being protected from the elements. The garden shed is very simple to assemble. Easy-to-follow instructions, pre-drilled holes, extra parts and clearly labeled components ensure a hassle-free experience for everyone. The 8 x 8 feet metal shed is perfect for outdoor storage, attractive and affordable!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Inner Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e With ample inner storage space, not only can the outdoor shed be a large storage room for your garden tools, lawn care equipment, and pool supplies, but also it can be a shed for some of your vehicles such as bikes, tricycles and so on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_8_feet_Outdoor_Garden_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_Sliding_Door_2.jpg?v=1660701442\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 8 feet Outdoor Garden Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable Materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e All of the storage shed is made of premium galvanized steel, which ensures the sturdiness and stability of the frame. And the shed can be placed in an outdoor space for a long time with weather and rust resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_8_feet_Outdoor_Garden_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_Sliding_Door_3.jpg?v=1660701533\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 8 feet Outdoor Garden Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Ventilation \u0026amp; Easy to Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with 4 vents and double sliding doors, the light, and airflow of the interior shed are both increased. And the tools in the shed won’t have a peculiar smell. In addition, doors are equipped with a handle for convenient opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_8_feet_Outdoor_Garden_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_Sliding_Door_5.jpg?v=1660701564\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 8 feet Outdoor Garden Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilted \u0026amp; Widened Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof of this outdoor shed is designed with a sloping shape, which adds extra storage space and prevents rainwater collection on the roof. Plus, the edge of the roof is widened to protect vents from rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_8_feet_Outdoor_Garden_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_Sliding_Door_4.jpg?v=1660701552\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 8 feet Outdoor Garden Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Design \u0026amp; Convenient to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shed is designed with a simple style which makes it match with other outdoor furniture easily. It is ideal to place the shed in the garden, yard, or patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_8_feet_Outdoor_Garden_Metal_Storage_Shed_with_Sliding_Door_1.jpg?v=1660701615\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 8 feet Outdoor Garden Metal Storage Shed with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: color plate and electro galvanized sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 102\"x 101.2\"x 60.6\"( Lx W x H) (8 x 8ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of door: 36.6\"x 60.6\"(W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease refer to the picture to get more size information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 8*8ft garden shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Assembly instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41642806116490,"sku":"GT3292LS+","price":539.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife8x8feetOutdoorGardenMetalStorageShedwithSlidingDoor.jpg?v=1676884449"},{"product_id":"wooden-outdoor-garden-storage-cabinet-with-double-doors","title":"Wooden Garden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Tool Shed for Patio Backyard with Doors, 30\" x 22\" x 28.5\"","description":"\u003cp\u003eAre you still bothered by having nowhere to stack tools? This wooden tool cabinet can provide you with an ideal storage solution! Made of high-quality fir and tightly connected by hardware, this outdoor wooden storage cabinet is sturdy and not easy to fall apart. The water-based paint coating on the surface provides protection against bad weather and ensures a longer service life of the cabinet. The spacious interior space is convenient for placing tools such as kettles, shovels and water pipes. In addition, with a simple and beautiful design, this storage shed will be an ideal decoration for garden, backyard, terrace and other places!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_14.jpg?v=1661221680\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-quality fir, the storage shed is sturdy and durable with long service life. The water-based paint coating on the surface is anti-corrosive and odorless, which can resist bad weather, making the shed suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_13.jpg?v=1661221662\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e All the slats are tightly connected by hardware, thus creating a solid shell is not easily deformed and cracked. In addition, four widened legs enhance the overall stability, ensuring that the storage cabinet can stand firmly without easy shaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_3.jpg?v=1661221596\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact But Ample Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a 27\" x 18.5\" x 27\" interior size, this storage shed provides enough space for you to store gardening tools, pool supplies and lawn care equipment, which is an ideal storage solution for hiding your outdoor accessories to maintain a neat and orderly appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_12.jpg?v=1661221648\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_7.jpg?v=1661221635\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Design \u0026amp; Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with flexible hinges and convenient handles, the double doors of this storage shed are easy to open and close, making it easy for you to access items. In addition, with a simple and beautiful design, this cabinet will be a perfect complement to the courtyard, terrace or deck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_6.jpg?v=1661221624\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_15.jpg?v=1661221692\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Maintain:\u003c\/strong\u003e All necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included for assembly. The smooth surface facilitates daily cleaning and dust left on it can be quickly wiped with a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Cabinet_with_Double_Doors_4.jpg?v=1661221612\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet with Double Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 30.5\" x 22\" x 28.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal dimension: 27\" x 18.5\" x 27\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 31 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 440 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41667528229002,"sku":"GT3744CF","price":153.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetwithDoubleDoors_10.jpg?v=1661221390"},{"product_id":"63-inch-wooden-garden-tool-storage-cabinet-with-asphalt-roof","title":"63\" Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet Garden Tool Shed with Double Doors, Asphalt Roof \u0026 3 Removable Shelves, Waterproof for Patio Lawn Garden Yard","description":"\u003cp\u003eStore Your Garden Tools Well Organized While Keeping Your Garden Neat! This 3-tier outdoor garden tool cabinet measures 34.5\" x 16.5\" x 63\" (L x W x H) and provides a large storage space to store. And sort out various tools and equipment, such as gardening supplies, swimming pool accessories, sports equipment, and more. And 3 shelves can be easily taken out from the vertical storage shed, leaving more space to store larger tools. Besides, the tall wooden shed adopts a solid fir wood frame and an asphalt roof, which can effectively resist bad weather and be used outdoors for a long time. And 2 doors are designed with shutters maintaining good air circulation. This outdoor wood tall shed is suitable for placing in the garden, terrace, deck, porch, garage, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_4.jpg?v=1661223564\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_14.jpg?v=1661223661\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_2.jpg?v=1661223433\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space \u0026amp; Removable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 63\" outdoor wooden storage shed features 3 tiers of storage shelves, keeping your garden tools, tool boxes, long-handled tools, and water pipes in order. More than that, 3 shelves can be easily detached to satisfy your different storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_5.jpg?v=1661223576\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Material \u0026amp; Stable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The garden tool cabinet is made of solid fir wood with waterproof painting processes, which is weatherproof, sturdy, and durable, ensuring long-time outdoor use. Besides, there exist 4 adjustable footpads on the bottom, allowing the cabinet to stand stably even on uneven grounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_7.jpg?v=1661223600\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Asphalt Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor wooden storage cabinet adopts a black asphalt roof that effectively protects the shed from rain, wind, and sunshine, prolonging the service life. Moreover, the slope design avoids water accumulation and there is no need to worry about the water would permeate into the wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_6.jpg?v=1661223589\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable Doors \u0026amp; Shutter Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The vertical tool storage shed comes with a convenient wooden latch to lock the doors, which can not only protect tools from falling when moving around but also avoid dust. Additionally, the doors adopt the shutter design, ensuring good ventilation and keeping inside dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_8.jpg?v=1661223613\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Design \u0026amp; Easy Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The practical garden shed aims to hide the messy garden tools and keep your outdoor area clean. It can be used as a storeroom, a pet house, or a utility tool storage shed. And with the easy-to-understand illustrations in the user's manual, the garden shed is easy to set up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_13.jpg?v=1661223650\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Outdoor_Wooden_Garden_Tool_Storage_Cabinet_11.jpg?v=1661223636\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Wooden Garden Tool Storage Cabinet\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 34.5\" x 16.5\" x 63\"(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the shelf: 30.5\" x 14.5\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of the bottom shelf: 88 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of the middle shelf: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of the upper shelf: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 55 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor wooden storage shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User's manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41667646947466,"sku":"GT3746NA","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeOutdoorWoodenGardenToolStorageCabinet_3.jpg?v=1661223112"},{"product_id":"105-gallon-large-deck-box-all-weather-lockable-storage-container","title":"105 Gallon Large Resin Deck Box All Weather Lockable Outdoor Patio Storage Container","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour messy backyard needs a 105-gallon deck box!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a large capacity of 105 gallons, this 50.5\" x 25.5\" x 25.5\" deck box is perfect for the yard, poolside, balcony and more places to store gardening tools, pool supplies as well as outdoor cushions. Since it is made of HDPE, the deck box is sun-proof for long-term outdoor use. Also, HDPE doesn’t easily absorb water to ensure a dry interior space. The lid can be flipped open with pre-installed straps for easy access to items while preventing water from accumulating in the box. With side recessed handles, you can move it from one place to another place easily. And its lockable design will keep your items safe, but the lock is not included. Moreover, the deck box features a dual-wall structure and a metal crossbar, both highly enhancing its sturdiness. Finally, the whole assembly hardly requires tools and can be finished quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container_4.jpg?v=1661226683\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container_6.jpg?v=1661226382\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Storage Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make the most of the 105-gallon storage to solve outdoor messes! For gardeners, it's roomy to store commonly used tools. For passionate swimmers, the deck box is perfect for pool supplies. Also, you can place grill utensils inside for summer parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container_10.jpg?v=1661226422\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable HDPE Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deck box is made of selected HDPE which is not easy to absorb water and ensures internal dryness for item storage. What's more, this material also features good sun protection, avoiding fading and fractures caused by prolonged sun exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container.jpg?v=1661226663\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical 2-In-1 Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deck box features a dual-wall structure for an even pressure distribution as well as improved stability. Plus, it's also designed with a reinforced steel crossbar to enhance its load capacity. In this way, the deck box becomes a cozy sitting bench that is suitable for two kids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container_3.jpg?v=1661226180\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Movement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each side has a recessed handle, enabling you to easily move it with an assistant. Moreover, the 50.5\" x 25.5\" x 25.5\" deck box features a lockable design to ensure that your belongings are well protected. As a reminder, the lock is not included in the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container_2.jpg?v=1661226169\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy \u0026amp; Quick Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole installation is very simple, hardly demanding any tools. Guided by detailed instructions, you can manually assemble the frame and use a screwdriver to fix the pre-installed straps. By the way, the deck box's surface is so smooth that its cleaning is very convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_105_Gallon_All_Weather_Large_Deck_Box_Lockable_Storage_Container_9.jpg?v=1661226406\" alt=\"Eletriclife 105 Gallon All Weather Large Deck Box Lockable Storage Container\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: HDPE, metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 50.5\" x 25.5\" x 25.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner dimension: 48.5\" x 22.5\" x 22.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 43 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage deck box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41667872718986,"sku":"NP10267","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife105GallonAllWeatherLargeDeckBoxLockableStorageContainer_4.jpg?v=1661226800"},{"product_id":"6-x-8-feet-carport-car-canopy-tent-outdoor-storage-shelter-shed","title":"6 x 8 FT Heavy Duty Steel Enclosed Carport Car Tent Canopy Outdoor Garage Storage Shelter Shed with Waterproof Ripstop Cover","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade of heavy-duty steel, the powder-coated steel frame makes this outdoor storage shelter sturdy and durable. In addition, this carport is connected with strong and thicker accessories to keep it stable. With premium thick PE cover, the shelter is sure to provide protection against rain, snow and sunshine for your items such as tools, firewood and small vehicles. The door with double zippers is for convenient access and it also can be removed for better lighting and ventilation. Most of the poles are connected with buckles for easy installation. Multiple sturdy metal stakes to fix the canopy to the ground tightly. 4 long sturdy ropes can hold the carport and add stability. Perfect for storing tools, small vehicles and firewood!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_7.jpg?v=1663228622\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_9.jpg?v=1663228645\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of heavy-duty and sturdy metal, the frame of carport is sturdy and not easy to deform. The supporting poles and enhanced connectors with white power coat resist rust. The carport will serve you for a long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_10.jpg?v=1663228670\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e During the installation process, it doesn't need additional tools because most of the tubes are equipped with buckles. All of the required accessories and parts come with the parcel. You’d better have some assistants to help you when you want to put up the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_12.jpg?v=1663228681\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Door for Ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a double zippered door, it is convenient to roll up the curtain and fasten by two clasps from outside or inside. And the door is fixed with frame by hook and loop fastener which is easy to be removed for better air ventilation inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_11.jpg?v=1663228657\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Windproof Effect:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covered with premium PE, the carport can protect items inside against rain, snow and sun. The covering is fixed by multiple ball bungees. With the help of strong pegs and long ropes, the carport will become more stable after setting up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_8.jpg?v=1663228633\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e With waterproof and windproof function, the storage shed is perfect to provide good shade for your motorcycle, bicycle and some garden tools. It even can be used as firewood shed. You can place this multipurpose shed in your garden, backyard or patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Patio_Storage_Shelter_Shed_Car_Canopy_5.jpg?v=1663228599\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 8 Feet Outdoor Carport Patio Storage Shelter Shed Car Canopy\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel, PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of carport: 6' x 8' x 7' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight of product: 43 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 6 x 8 FT carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42273309884554,"sku":"AW10001","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife6x8FeetOutdoorCarportPatioStorageShelterShedCarCanopy_3.jpg?v=1663228569"},{"product_id":"10-x-20-feet-heavy-duty-carport-portable-car-canopy-shelter","title":"10 x 20 Feet Heavy Duty Carport Portable Garage Car Canopy Party Tent Car Shelter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 10' x 20' carport features a weather-resistant top and galvanized steel frame to ensure long service life. The cover is made of high-quality PE which can provide a sun-proof shelter for your car. The canopy can also prevent the car from being hit by leaves, bird droppings, etc. The whole construction is made of premium steel tubes and enlarged foot pads for stability. Coming with the wind ropes and tent pegs, the carport can be reinforced once again. This canopy is not only a carport but also can be used for parties, business events and so on. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter.jpg?v=1663645180\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant Canopy Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of durable polyethylene fabric which is waterproof and sun-proof, our car canopy has a longer lifespan. This tent can effectively reduce the direct sunlight on the car, ensuring that there will not be unbearable heat. Falling leaves or bird droppings can also be blocked by tents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter_19.jpg?v=1663645255\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring galvanized steel tubes, the whole construction is sturdy and not easy to rust. Enlarged foot pads increase the contact area with the ground and can be reinforced by tent pegs. 6 PP wind ropes and 12 tent pegs provide more security and stability for the car tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter_12.jpg?v=1663645289\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter_23.jpg?v=1663645377\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable \u0026amp; Spacious Shade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The size of our carport is 10 ft x 20 ft x 9 ft, which is large and high enough to accommodate most kinds of private cars without congestion. It won't be crowded when you and your family want to enjoy a party together. Our tent can provide all-around protection for your vehicles and other outdoor items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter_24.jpg?v=1663645400\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional Usage:\u003c\/strong\u003e This large area carport is an ideal solution for providing shade and storage space for your cars, mopeds, bicycles or other outdoor items. The party tent is equally applicable to parties, catering, picnic, BBQ and other commercial activities like flea markets or fruit markets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter_18.jpg?v=1663645269\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This tool-free carport can be easily assembled with detailed instructions and complete accessories. The cover is fastened by elastic buttons rather than fragile plastic buttons. For safety, we recommend not using this car tent outdoors during heavy rain, snow or strong winds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_10_x_20_Feet_Steel_Frame_Portable_Car_Canopy_Shelter_22.jpg?v=1663645215\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Steel Frame Portable Car Canopy Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Polyethylene cover+ White powder coated steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 10’ x 20’ x 9’(W x L x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Car garage cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42293420982410,"sku":"OP70138","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife10x20FeetSteelFramePortableCarCanopyShelter_1.jpg?v=1664432386"},{"product_id":"10-x-16-feet-outdoor-portable-heavy-duty-carport-with-doors","title":"10 x 16 FT Outdoor Heavy-Duty Metal Carport Portable Garage Car Canopy with 2 Removable Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur 10’ x 16’ heavy-duty carport can not only be a perfect outdoor storage shelter for trucks, boats, tools, and more, but also can be a large canopy providing shades for the outdoors. The supporting frame is constructed of heavy-duty galvanized steel tubes to effectively prevent the steel pipe from chipping, peeling, rust. And the canopy adopts thick 200G PE fabric that is durable, tear-resistant, waterproof, and sun-resistant, providing a full range of protection. Besides, there exist top triangular reinforced beams, steel wire ropes with latch fasteners, and steel foot pads and pegs, making the whole garage more stable and sturdier while preventing structural twisting. Besides, it includes a removable zippered front door, helping promote good ventilation. The package is delivered in 3 boxes and you may receive 3 boxes at different times, and the screw kit is in the third box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_5.jpg?v=1665038323\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery Tips \u0026amp; Multiple Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10' x 16' heavy-duty carport is delivered in 3 boxes, please be patient since the arrival time for each box may vary. And the screw kit is in the third box. Besides, it can not only be a parking canopy, but also can be used as a boat shelter, storage shelter, or outdoor event tent, providing a large shade area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_1.jpg?v=1665038247\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Galvanized Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The portable garage is supported by heavy-duty galvanized steel poles that are characterized by great sturdiness and are not easy to rust, peel, or chip, ensuring long service life. Moreover, the top triangular reinforced beams and 8 solid legs provide strong support and make the tent more stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_9.jpg?v=1665038286\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant PE Fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy material is crafted with premium 200G PE fabric that is waterproof, wear and tear-resistant, and weather-resistant, protecting your cars or boats against all season elements, like harmful ultraviolet, heavy rain, snow, dust, and wind. In addition, the slanted roof can withstand 6-8 lbs\/sq.ft heavy snow, please sweep the snow on the carport canopy in time to avoid unnecessary damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_7.jpg?v=1665038269\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_8.jpg?v=1665038278\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor instant garage is equipped with steel wire ropes with latch fasteners and sturdy ground metal anchors for fixing the carport to the ground, ensuring excellent stability and safety during windy conditions. Moreover, the metal anchors can be used to fix 4 corners of the carport, adding more stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_6.jpg?v=1665038259\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilated Zipper Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e The portable car canopy is designed with a front zippered door, which is flexible to roll up or down, and there exist straps for fixation, providing great air circulation for the interior space. Besides, the front door can be easily detached when not in use. Other than that, we have numbered all the parts of the carport in the user's manual, so it is easy to assemble following the instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 16 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_10.jpg?v=1665038294\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized steel, 200G PE fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 10' x 16' x 8.1' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the door: 7.6' x 6.3' (L x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 113.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User's manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42370306736266,"sku":"NP10685GR+","price":589.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife10x16FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_5.jpg?v=1665038486"},{"product_id":"10-x-20-feet-outdoor-portable-heavy-duty-carport-with-doors","title":"10 x 20 FT Outdoor Heavy-Duty Metal Carport Portable Garage Car Canopy with 2 Removable Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur 10x20 heavy-duty carport provides ample space for your vehicles, boats, or cargoes, and you can also use it as a cool shelter in the courtyard. The frame is constructed of thickened galvanized poles, which are rustproof, durable, high-strength, ensuring long service life. And there exist steel wire ropes with latch fasteners and sturdy ground metal anchors for firmly fixing the carport to the ground, ensuring excellent wind resistance and stability. Other than that, the car canopy is crafted of waterproof and sun-resistant 200G PE fabric, providing all-season protection for your cars. And the roof adopts a slanted design that can effectively prevent water and snow accumulation. Please sweep the snow on the carport canopy in time to avoid unnecessary damage. In addition, there exist 2 detachable doors and the front door with zippers can be rolled up, promoting better air circulation. The package is delivered in 3 boxes, please be patient since the arrival time for each box may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_3.jpg?v=1665040281\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery Tips \u0026amp; Wide Usage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10.2' x 20.4' large carport is delivered in 3 packages and you may receive 3 boxes at different times. And the screw accessories are in the third box. Besides, it can be a perfect outdoor storage shelter for cars, SUVs, boats, horse shades, cargoes, or garden equipment. The portable carport can also provide shade for outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_9.jpg?v=1665040346\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_4.jpg?v=1665040293\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Galvanized Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The portable garage adopts a heavy-duty steel frame that is constructed of high-strength galvanized steel poles, and they are not easy to rust, peel, or chip while ensuring great sturdiness and durability. Besides, the poles in 1.5\" diameter and flawless welding design make the carport tent more solid and durable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_7.jpg?v=1665040325\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather PE Tarp:\u003c\/strong\u003e The car canopy is made of thick 200G PE fabric, which is waterproof, wear and tear-resistant, and ultraviolet-resistant, protecting your cars or boats from bad weather conditions, such as rains, winds, dust, harmful ultraviolet, and more. It is also suitable for snowy days, which can withstand heavy snow of 6-8 lbs\/ sq.ft snow load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_8.jpg?v=1665040334\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof adopts a triangular reinforcement beam to strengthen the main body frame, which can make the carport much more stable and sturdier while preventing structural twisting. Moreover, it is equipped with steel wire ropes with latch fasteners and sturdy ground metal anchors for fixing the carport to the ground, ensuring safety during windy conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_6.jpg?v=1665040313\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Doors for Good Ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor garage tent is designed with 2 doors that can be easily detached for better illumination and airflow. And the front door with zippers can be rolled up and fixed by straps. Other than that, we have numbered all the parts of the carport in the user's manual, so it is easy to assemble following the instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_5.jpg?v=1665040302\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 Feet Portable Heavy Duty Carport Canopy Garage with Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized steel, 200G PE fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 20.4' x 10.2' x 8.1' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the door: 7.8' x 6.3' (L x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 140 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User's manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42370361032842,"sku":"NP10686GR+","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife10x20FeetPortableHeavyDutyCarportCanopyGaragewithDoors_3.jpg?v=1665040130"},{"product_id":"14-cubic-feet-rooftop-cargo-carrier-with-car-trunk-organizer","title":"14 Cu.Ft Hard Shell Rooftop Cargo Carrier Waterproof Cargo Box w\/ Dual Side Opening \u0026 Security Key, 165LBS Load Roof Storage Box for 17-22.8\" Crossbar","description":"\u003cp\u003eSimplify your travel preparations with our roof box. Optimize space by loading your gear in it and taking your friends along for the ride. Its sleek, aerodynamic design reduces wind noise and drag, while lid stiffeners and the Super Latch provide rigidity and security. The dual-side lid opening allows for effortless access, and the quick-release mounting hardware is compatible with most crossbars. Don't wait, make it yours today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eThis product is suitable for vehicles with roof rack compatible with 17in -22.8in wide (the width of the roof crossbar is less than 3.1 inches, the thickness of the roof crossbar is less than 1.0 inches).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Rooftop Cargo Carrier with Car Trunk Organizer\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWaterproofRooftopCargoCarrierwithCarTrunkOrganizerBlack_1.jpg?v=1677645174\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Road Trip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take the cargo box to the park, the beach, the sports field, or any place you need to store. Works on all vehicles with rack, suitable for cars, vans, SUVs, etc. Sleek aerodynamic design to reduce drag and has less noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife-14-Cu-Ft-Hard-Shell-Rooftop-Cargo-Carrier-Waterproof-Roof-Box_15.jpg?v=1774926125\" alt=\"Eletriclife 14 Cu.Ft Hard Shell Rooftop Cargo Carrier Waterproof Cargo Box with Dual Side Opening\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 Cubic Feet Cargo Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the large capacity, the roof cargo box can help you securely carry 14 cubic feet worth of essentials, can increase vehicle cargo space without impeding on passenger comfort, more capacity, more pleasure!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife-14-Cu-Ft-Hard-Shell-Rooftop-Cargo-Carrier-Waterproof-Roof-Box_02.jpg?v=1774926125\" alt=\"Eletriclife 14 Cu.Ft Hard Shell Rooftop Cargo Carrier Waterproof Cargo Box with Dual Side Opening\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust \u0026amp; Security Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof cargo box is designed to withstand heavy use in different types of weather conditions. The metal lid stiffeners at the bottom make the roof box more stable and safer. With the double-lock design for protecting your valuables. 【Note】This product is suitable for vehicles with rack (the width of the luggage rack is adjusted between 16.1 inches and 24.8 inches, and the width of the roof crossbar is less than 3.1 inches).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Rooftop Cargo Carrier with Car Trunk Organizer\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWaterproofRooftopCargoCarrierwithCarTrunkOrganizerBlack_5.jpg?v=1677645202\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Quality Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof box is manufactured from sturdy ABS and PC materials for long-lasting use, protects your valuables from exposure to the elements, and supports a load capacity of 165 lbs, making it suitable for round, square, factory, and most aerodynamic bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Rooftop Cargo Carrier with Car Trunk Organizer\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWaterproofRooftopCargoCarrierwithCarTrunkOrganizerBlack_6.jpg?v=1677645211\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Rooftop Cargo Carrier with Car Trunk Organizer\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWaterproofRooftopCargoCarrierwithCarTrunkOrganizerBlack_9.jpg?v=1677645233\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e This roof box is equipped with 4 quick-connect anchors for easy installation and super latch security ensures your lid is secure to its base, and your gear is safe. Dual-sided opening for easy access on either side of your vehicle to increase efficiency and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Rooftop Cargo Carrier with Car Trunk Organizer\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWaterproofRooftopCargoCarrierwithCarTrunkOrganizerBlack_8.jpg?v=1677645224\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\/Grey\/White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: ABS, Heavy-Duty Canvas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 62.5\"L x 30\"W x 15\"H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 25 LBS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Volume: 14 cubic feet\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Cargo Box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Luggage Strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Security Key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42810695286922,"sku":"AT6097BK","price":529.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Titanium Gray","offer_id":42810695319690,"sku":"AT6097GR","price":529.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42810695352458,"sku":"AT6097WH","price":529.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife-14-Cu-Ft-Hard-Shell-Rooftop-Cargo-Carrier-Waterproof-Roof-Box_01.jpg?v=1774926125"},{"product_id":"6-x-4-ft-metal-storage-shed-with-lockable-sliding-doors","title":"6 x 4 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors \u0026 4 Air Vents, Waterproof Garden Tool Storage Room","description":"\u003cp\u003eAre you still troubled by the clutter of your garden? With this outdoor storage shed, you don't need to worry about that. Our garden storage shed is made of heavy-duty galvanized steel and color steel tiles, weather-resistant and durable for long service life. It has 130 cu.ft. Of large storage capacity to safely store the lawnmower, trash bins, bicycles, power tools and other items. The shed is designed with a sloped roof with grooves to prevent rainwater from accumulating so as not to damage the shed. Therefore, your belongings can be protected from various bad weathers. This outdoor garden shed is versatile, ideal as a garden tool shed, yard storage house, garbage chamber, pet shed and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_12.jpg?v=1679902951\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_10.jpg?v=1679902928\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner Capacious Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6ft x 4ft garden shed features 130 cu.ft. storage capacity, easily holding everything inside, from lawn care essentials to garden tools, pool supplies and sporting equipment. Besides that, it also serves as a spacious pet house or a practical bike storeroom, satisfying diverse user needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_9.jpg?v=1679902904\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of sturdy galvanized steel and high-strength color steel tile, the metal storage shed is not easy to deform or get rusty, which is built to withstand the test of time and different weather conditions. What’s more, the interior steel tube can well support the whole frame, keeping it stable under strong winds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_6.jpg?v=1679902872\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloped Roof \u0026amp; 4 Louver Vents:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof of the garden storage shed is sloped, which effectively prevents rainwater from gathering and protects the shed from damage. Designed with 4 ventilation windows on the front and back, the outdoor tool shed ensures good ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_7.jpg?v=1679902882\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable Sliding Door for Safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a smooth slide rail and convenient ramp, the double sliding doors offer easy access for you to enter or exit without interference. Equipped with lockable handles, the metal doors shut down securely, turning the shed into a safer place for tool keeping. (Padlock NOT included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_8.jpg?v=1679902892\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage \u0026amp; Installation Notices:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed is packaged in 2 separate boxes, which may arrive at your door in different days. Please wait patiently. For easy installation, you can refer to the user’s manual or assembly video for convenience. Also, we provide a pair of gloves to protect your hand. (NOTE: Floor is NOT INCLUDED)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_1.jpg?v=1679902860\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 4 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed with Lockable Sliding Doors\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Steel, Color Steel Tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 6.4 x 4.6 x 6ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 130 cu.ft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor Space: 24 sq.ft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 88lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Tool Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42870956032138,"sku":"GT3909LDG+","price":299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife6x4FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedwithLockableSlidingDoors_12.jpg?v=1679904056"},{"product_id":"8-x-6-ft-metal-storage-shed-with-lockable-sliding-doors","title":"8 x 6 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Room with Foundation, 4 Louvers, Double Doors \u0026 Ramp","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 8.5’ x 6.8’ x 6’ storage shed can accommodate large tools and bicycles, so it is not only suitable as a tool room, but also as an outdoor storage room, garbage room or pet room. Made of galvanized steel and color steel tile roof, our tool room has excellent weather resistance and stability. Besides, we had added 4 vertical tubes on all four sides of the overall frame to improve wind resistance. What's more, our tool room is designed with a foundation that prevents items from directly touching the ground and keeps them clean and dry. In addition, the tool room has 4 louvers to promote air circulation. And there is a sliding door with ramp provides easy access to your cart. This practical tool room will arrive in 3 boxes, which include complete accessories, 2 pairs of gloves and an instruction to help you assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_2.jpg?v=1679906014\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_3.jpg?v=1679906051\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Large Tool House:\u003c\/strong\u003e This 8' x 6' large tool shed features a very spacious interior room and can be used not only as a tool shed to store lawn mowers, ladders, shovels, etc. but also as a storage room for bicycles, wheelchairs and skateboards. What's more, it is also a great choice as a junk garbage house to bring you a tidy garden!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_8.jpg?v=1679905882\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of non-deformable and rust-resistant galvanized steel, this garden tool house has excellent durability and stability. On top of that, we added 4 vertical metal tubes to the 4 sides of the main body frame to improve the wind resistance and stability of the product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_6.jpg?v=1679905853\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Humanized Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e Including 4 louvers, this garden storage room will keep items dry with excellent ventilation. Besides, an additional foundation can also protect your items from wet floors. Moreover, there are convenient sliding door and built-in ramp to facilitate access for large tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_9.jpg?v=1679905891\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clever sloped roof design enables the outdoor storage sheds to drain quickly on rainy days to avoid water accumulation. In addition, the roof is made of high-quality color steel tiles, which is waterproof and insulated, helping to extend the service life of the tool shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_7.jpg?v=1679905873\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHassle-free Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e We provide detailed instructions and 2 pairs of gloves to help you complete the assembly of the garden tool shed and enable you to enjoy the hands-on fun with your family. Note: All the essential accessories for the tool shed are shipped in 3 boxes separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_1.jpg?v=1679905841\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_10.jpg?v=1679905901\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6 Feet Galvanized Steel Storage Shed for Garden Yard\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Light Grey\/Dark Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Steel, Color Steel Tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 8.5’ x 6.8’ x 6’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension(Without Roof): 8’ x 6.3’ x 5.2’(L X W X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 5’ x 3.4’(L X W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 36 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tool Room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Foundation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42870977101962,"sku":"GT3859LDG+","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/Eletriclife8x6FeetGalvanizedSteelStorageShedforGardenYard_2.jpg?v=1679905592"},{"product_id":"wood-garden-potting-bench-table-with-4-universal-wheels","title":"2-Door Garden Potting Bench Table, Wooden Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf \u0026 4 Universal Wheels","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect shelter for your tools with this outdoor storage cabinet!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhether the tools you want to store are tall or short, this wooden garden shed will always fit because of the removable shelf. In addition, the top board is supported by galvanized steel, which is not only rust-proof but also stable, so you can use it as a workstation. And the raised edges also make the whole operation process smoother. What’s more, the weather-resistant fir wood ensures high durability in the outdoor environment. If you want to move it indoors to use as a storage sideboard, the 4 universal wheels (2 with lock) allow you to move effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_4.jpg?v=1681104716\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage cabinet features sufficient storage space with strong loading capacity (110 lbs for the top board, 44 lbs for the second shelf and 88 lbs for the bottom shelf) so that you can put various items without worry. Besides, the second shelf is removable to customize your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_7.jpg?v=1681104746\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLonger Outdoor Service:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top board is made of rustproof galvanized steel, which withstands outdoor changing weather. Meanwhile, the selected fir wood is waterproof, all-weather, durable and stable, ensuring this garden shed has better adaption to the outdoor environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_6.jpg?v=1681104734\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Movement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Different from other similar products, this outdoor wooden storage cabinet is equipped with 4 universal wheels that are shock-absorbing and wear-resistant, allowing you to move it without hassle. And 2 lockable wheels keep this outdoor workstation in position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_8.jpg?v=1681104755\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e In addition to serving as an outdoor storage cabinet for storing tools, gardening supplies and pool supplies, this multifunctional wooden furniture can be used as a floor storage cupboard as well, making your home tidy and clean whether indoors or outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_10.jpg?v=1681104767\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThoughtful Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised edges prevent tools from accidentally falling. And the magnetic door catch keeps the door firmly closed. The flexible hinges ensure noiseless during the closing process. Moreover, this outdoor tool shed is easy to assemble with detailed instructions included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_1.jpg?v=1681104693\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_2.jpg?v=1681104703\" alt=\"Eletriclife Outdoor Storage Cabinet with Removable Shelf and 4 Universal Wheels\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood, PU, Galvanized Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 39” x 19” x 39” (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 42 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Top Shelf: 110 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Removable Shelf: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Bottom Shelf: 88 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage Cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42891481350282,"sku":"GT3905NA","price":204.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/products\/EletriclifeOutdoorStorageCabinetwithRemovableShelfand4UniversalWheels_4.jpg?v=1681104575"},{"product_id":"71-inch-tall-garden-tool-storage-cabinet-with-foldable-table","title":"70\" Tall Wooden Outdoor Shed Waterproof Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors \u0026 Foldable Table","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWell Organize Your Garden Tools, Keep Your Garden Tidy!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur outdoor garden tool cabinet measures 30” x 20” x 70” (L x W x H) and provides a large storage space to store and sort out various tools and equipment, such as shovels, rakes, gardening tools, watering cans, garden hoses, sports equipment, toolkits, and more. It features an upper compartment for storing small tools or personal belongings, 3 tiers of shelves to keep tools well organized, and a large interior space for storing long tools and gardening equipment. Moreover, the cabinet is equipped with a foldable table on the door, which can be easily folded or unfolded to suit your needs. Built with a solid fir wood frame and topped with a durable asphalt roof, this tall wooden shed effectively withstands harsh weather conditions and is suitable for long-term outdoor use. This outdoor wood tool shed is ideal for placement in the garden, terrace, deck, porch, garage, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_3_708444a3-648b-48ac-b47e-989cbdf042fa.jpg?v=1682577594\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_2_5c94e617-05fb-47fd-b9fb-016d007b14fc.jpg?v=1682577721\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Garden Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor wooden storage shed measures 30” x 20” x 70” (L x W x H), which is perfect for organizing messy items without taking up much floor space. It is ideal for storing various tools and accessories. Moreover, with the one-piece folding table, it can also be used as a workbench to take care of plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_8_71a5f6d4-c957-47af-891d-8f2b299275b5.jpg?v=1682577613\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSufficient Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This multifunctional garden shed provides classified storage areas to make your space tidy and facilitate your gardening work. It is equipped with an upper compartment with door, 3 detachable shelves, a foldable table for storing small items, and a large interior space for large tools. Moreover, there exist 4 bamboo hanging hooks and 4 stainless steel hanging hooks for easy access to gadgets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_10_128b5145-bb71-4031-8f3d-83a6c3bccd56.jpg?v=1682577629\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed adopts a weatherproof asphalt roof, which can effectively protect the shed from rain, wind, and sunlight. And the slope design avoids water accumulation. Besides, the elevated bottom helps keep items away from moisture and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_11_44d95ea1-2aee-4af9-bd2d-ac908a7b1a67.jpg?v=1682577637\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable Structure \u0026amp; Lockable Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e The doors are connected to the wooden frame by rustproof stainless steel hinges, ensuring long-term outdoor use. And the garden shed can be firmly fixed on the ground by 4 metal brackets for good stability. In addition, it is equipped with convenient wooden latches to lock the doors, ensuring safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_7_94784779-14a5-4432-8c44-c78fde19faf2.jpg?v=1682577604\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Wood Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised garden bed is crafted with selected fir wood, which is characterized by high hardness and deformation resistance, ensuring excellent durability. And the wooden surface is coated with waterproof paint, ensuring great weather resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_9_6dda32fd-2c88-4df2-acf6-10f9bce5f7d8.jpg?v=1682577621\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 71 Inch Tall Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife71InchTallGardenToolStorageCabinetwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable_1_7b9a97a6-7b9e-48fd-ad6d-fdc961043413.jpg?v=1682577578\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood, Stainless Steel, Asphalt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 30” x 20” x 70”(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior Size: 21.5” x 16” x 50.5”\/ 55 x 40 x 128 cm(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the Foldable Table: 14” x 16” x 29.5”\/ 36 x 40 x 74.5 cm(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 52.5 lbs\/24 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Garden Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Natural","offer_id":47570020630666,"sku":"GT3918NA","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47570020663434,"sku":"GT4599GR","price":209.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_70_Inch_Tall_GardenvTool_Storage_Cabinet_Lockable_Doors_Foldable_Table_01.jpg?v=1768789858"},{"product_id":"3-tier-wooden-plant-stand-with-weatherproof-asphalt-roof","title":"54'' Tall 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof, DIY Painting Outdoor Storage Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep Your Garden Clean \u0026amp; Tidy!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur outdoor wooden storage shelf measures 27.5'' x 19.5'' x 54'' (L x W x H) and comes with 3 tiers of shelves, providing ample space for storing gardening tools or displaying your lovely potted plants. And it is made of durable fir wood with waterproof painting, ensuring good sturdiness. Furthermore, our storage shelf adopts a weatherproof asphalt roof, which can effectively resist bad weather and be used outdoors for a long time. You can also paint it with different patterns or colors, customizing a unique plant stand for your living space. Whether in the garden, porch, balcony, or greenhouse, it can be a perfect organizer!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_6_68db4740-b0f4-4837-89c3-7e86f2d04b86.jpg?v=1682578881\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_7_bc7dc214-a4c1-4ec4-9017-3403fc27f18c.jpg?v=1682578890\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift from Nature:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3-tier outdoor storage shelf is crafted with selected fir wood, which is characterized by high hardness and deformation resistance, ensuring excellent durability. Moreover, the wooden surface is coated with waterproof painting, ensuring good weather resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_4_9f3d75e7-a694-47f9-af17-155e18bccd58.jpg?v=1682578854\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Asphalt Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed adopts a weatherproof asphalt roof, which can effectively protect the shed from rain and harmful sunlight. And the slope design avoids getting the shelf wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_5_7ac5b226-2341-4b7d-87fe-bb256b4edb25.jpg?v=1682578864\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSufficient Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3-layer wooden plant stand is designed with 3 large shelves, helping reduce clutter and make your outdoor space tidy. It is suitable for organizing your potted plants, gardening tools, watering cans, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_1_bebac599-d890-4bfe-925a-14bc76f2b70d.jpg?v=1682578829\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_2_e5ae0fc3-cb75-44f5-8ca1-633eda2a75f5.jpg?v=1682578837\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Painting \u0026amp; Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage shelf with natural colors allows you to paint with different colors or patterns, creating a unique landscape for your living space. It is applicable for various occasions, such as a garden, patio, balcony, porch, deck, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_8_cf401c47-5c9e-4566-99dd-3f7b47e9fc9c.jpg?v=1682578899\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e This wooden garden shed measures 27.5\" x 19.5\" x 54\" (L x W x H) and each shelf can load up to 66 lbs. Besides, with clear illustrations and all parts numbered in the user's manual, you can easily set up this practical outdoor storage shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_3_f407ede8-cbb2-40c2-bc52-a6fda52a1eb0.jpg?v=1682578845\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood, Asphalt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 27.5'' x 19.5'' x 54'' (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of Each Shelf: 27.5'' x 16.5'' (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround Clearance of Each Shelf: 3.5'', 20'', 35.5''\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Each Shelf: 66 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 25 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42912915325066,"sku":"GT3910NA","price":119.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3-TierWoodenPlantStandwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof_6.jpg?v=1682579026"},{"product_id":"6x3x2-ft-metal-planter-box-raised-garden-bed-with-4-ground-stakes","title":"6x3x2 FT Outdoor Metal Raised Garden Bed Planter Box Kit with Open Bottom, 271 Gallon Elevated Garden Planter for Vegetable Herb","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you want to create a personal garden? Our raised garden bed is an ideal choice.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can plant herbs, flowers, succulents, and veggies in this spacious garden bed, which is bound to add a stylish pop and vibrant atmosphere to your garden, courtyard, etc. Combining sturdy metal panels, reinforced connections, and corner protection, this plant box is quite durable and stable. And the corner protectors ensure great safety. What’s more, the bottomless base not only promotes good water circulation, but also allows plants to grow deeper in the nutritious earth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x3x2FeetRustproofMetalPlanterBoxwithGroundStakes_6_1a10befd-6ff4-48c1-94ba-65d0af4e6787.jpg?v=1683181806\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 3 x 2 Feet Rustproof Metal Planter Box with Ground Stakes\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x3x2FeetRustproofMetalPlanterBoxwithGroundStakes_5_24e1411e-e584-4d80-b74e-eb026ad87b19.jpg?v=1683181986\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 3 x 2 Feet Rustproof Metal Planter Box with Ground Stakes\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planting Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This elevated garden bed comes with a spacious planting area measuring 72\" x 36\" x 24\" (L x W x H), which provides you with sufficient space to plant a diversity of flowers and vegetables. At the same time, the large size ensures that it can hold a large quantity of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6x3x2 FT Outdoor Metal Raised Garden Bed Open Bottom Planter Box for Vegetables Flowers\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife-6x3x2Ft-Rustproof-Metal-Raised-Garden-Bed-Planter-Box-Silver_10.jpg?v=1774409137\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Bottom Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised garden bed is designed with an open bottom that effectively prevents water accumulation or breakdown. It's much easier for roots to absorb nutrients from the soil while promising unrestricted growth, which allows your plants to grow much healthier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x3x2FeetRustproofMetalPlanterBoxwithGroundStakes_13_8efa1906-b4c6-4518-92e9-620474c3e15f.jpg?v=1683181861\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 3 x 2 Feet Rustproof Metal Planter Box with Ground Stakes\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Range of Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring functionality and a good growth environment, this outdoor garden bed is suitable for planting flowers, vegetables, succulents, herbs, and other plants. It's perfect for the backyard, garden, farm, and greenhouse, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x3x2FeetRustproofMetalPlanterBoxwithGroundStakes_10_c3a94fdd-8e11-437b-a406-daf8a727b095.jpg?v=1683181834\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 3 x 2 Feet Rustproof Metal Planter Box with Ground Stakes\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of thickened metal with eco-friendly coatings, the raised garden bed ensures a long-lasting service time. Two support bars in the middle help prevent the garden box from deforming. Besides, the reinforced rods enhance overall stability and prevent warping or blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x3x2FeetRustproofMetalPlanterBoxwithGroundStakes_9_0532c122-1fa4-447b-81ee-5b430faa4292.jpg?v=1683181816\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 3 x 2 Feet Rustproof Metal Planter Box with Ground Stakes\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Assemble:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised garden bed can be assembled by yourself in a few minutes. We also provide you with illustrated instructions and complete accessories to save you time and effort. Furthermore, the corner protectors protect your fingers from accidental injuries while gardening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6x3x2FeetRustproofMetalPlanterBoxwithGroundStakes_14_b085fb95-27c7-42cf-980c-59eab4068a96.jpg?v=1683181872\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6 x 3 x 2 Feet Rustproof Metal Planter Box with Ground Stakes\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Silver\/Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 72\" x 36\" x 24\"(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 271 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Metal Raised Garden Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":46868430946442,"sku":"GT3769","price":94.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":46868430979210,"sku":"GT4288GR","price":94.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife-6x3x2Ft-Rustproof-Metal-Raised-Garden-Bed-Planter-Box-Silver_01.jpg?v=1774409137"},{"product_id":"10-x-20-ft-heavy-duty-portable-carport-with-sidewalls","title":"10 x 20 FT Heavy-Duty Carport Portable Garage Tent with Steel Frame \u0026 Sidewalls, Outdoor Car Canopy Shelter for Truck SUV Boat","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Your Vehicle from Harsh Weather Conditions!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur extra-large portable carport offers outdoor protection quickly without waiting to build a whole garage. Offering 10'x20' storage space, our car garage shelter tent provides shelter for your car or vehicles, protecting them against damage from sun, rain, and dust. Its sturdy galvanized steel frame is well welded to make it more sturdy and not easy to bend. And designed with sidewalls, the carport will help protect your car from all sides. With complete accessories, the car garage tent is easy to set up, which is perfect for commercial and recreational use - carports, parties, weddings, etc.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71G4CrChymL_3dd41a05-a9e6-433b-b2fd-e2baf894b7dd.jpg?v=1690279161\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81IPO1rAbUL_a6a3e0c0-39ba-4ae0-a7b5-daf71010ac12.jpg?v=1690279059\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Carport with Sidewalls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our carport, measuring 10x20ft (L x W), provides you with a large and wide shelter space and can be widely used in car or boat parking, commercial fairs, weddings, market events. Fitted with side walls, the car shelter offers full 360° protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81zETe2JUjL_8f5656e7-9b16-44ca-87d5-8f1d70bbb544.jpg?v=1690279076\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/61dOykERKaL_33b5c208-1d4c-4f35-aef3-87171a98409d.jpg?v=1690279014\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-weather PE Fabric Canopy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of premium 180g PE fabric, the carport canopy is UV protected and waterproof, which protects your car or other vehicles against sun or rain. Besides, the quality PE material won't easily fade or age, promising a longer service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81YFeqWurTL_1054fb6d-458d-4a3e-992c-aeb7a3befeb3.jpg?v=1690279067\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless \u0026amp; Quick Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e You can quickly and easily finish the assembly of the carport under the step-to-step instructions: 1. Build the top frame; 2. Install the canopy and metal legs; 3. Attach the side wall as needed; 4. Secure the tent with ropes and ground stakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71HfhTp7mcL_301eb865-0628-48ae-bf72-fb40ee5c4b58.jpg?v=1690279036\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand Firmly on Windy Days:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of reinforced galvanized steel frame, the carport shelter ensures high sturdiness. Secured on the top frame with buckles, the canopy won't be blown away. What's more, you can tie with wind ropes and anchor with ground stakes for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71ubM3f04-L_d7a60f63-3b12-483c-bfb2-f2d19b1c7342.jpg?v=1690279044\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Accessories Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our portable garage comes with a full set of accessories to make the installation much easier. Accessories include: 2 pairs of gloves, 8 ground stakes, 16 aluminium ground stakes, 8 wind ropes, 8 expansion screws with hooks, 16 expansion screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71epy54njYL_6c0daf99-e507-4e3b-af77-c217bc2315c6.jpg?v=1690279023\" alt=\"Eletriclife 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport with Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Double-Layer 180G PE, Galvanized Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 10 x 20 x 9.4 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the Door: 6.7 x 6.4 ft (L x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 125 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x Ground Peg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x Wind Rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x Hooked Expansion Screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x Aluminum Ground Peg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x Expansion Screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43061949923466,"sku":"AW10019","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/51WWUZJVfnL.jpg?v=1714115494"},{"product_id":"all-season-10-x-20-ft-heavy-duty-portable-carport-without-sidewalls","title":"10 x 20 FT Heavy-Duty Steel Frame Carport Portable Garage Tent, All-Season Outdoor SUV Truck Car Canopy Boat Shelter","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Your Vehicle from Harsh Weather Conditions! \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOur extra-large portable carport offers outdoor protection quickly without waiting to build a whole garage. Offering 10'x20' storage space, our car garage shelter tent provides shelter for your car or vehicles, protecting them against damage from sun, rain, and dust. Its sturdy galvanized steel frame is well welded to make it more sturdy and not easy to bend. With complete accessories, the car garage tent is easy to set up, which is perfect for commercial and recreational use - carports, parties, weddings, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71VeiebCVqL_282087bf-d5c6-44d4-afd5-43c0ed6db2ff.jpg?v=1690282039\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81KO9QTI1rL_3d67ed18-df12-4ea1-a9e5-64b3a61775c8.jpg?v=1690282049\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Carport for Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our carport, measuring 10x20ft (L x W), provides you with a large and wide shelter space. It is not only perfect for car or boat parking but also suitable for commercial fairs, weddings, market events, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81j2Hoz5SlL_a95a17a5-54d3-4e8a-9483-c0a9fe551dbc.jpg?v=1690281911\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/619lWWnvozL_07d28485-c6f8-4ea5-829e-b3a0f8fda804.jpg?v=1690281922\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-weather PE Fabric Canopy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of premium 180g PE fabric, the carport canopy is UV protected and waterproof, which protects your car or other vehicles against sun or rain. Besides, the quality PE material won't easily fade or age, promising a longer service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81hGNhquoeL_f6a29f64-d3bb-4f94-8359-a5b41a106c56.jpg?v=1690281902\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless \u0026amp; Quick Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e You can quickly and easily finish the assembly of the carport under the step-to-step instructions: 1. Build the top frame; 2. Install the canopy and metal legs; 3. Secure the tent with ropes and ground stakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71W6JtvwiZL_e42b3186-8d6c-4fd4-9b14-52ba8912a23d.jpg?v=1690281876\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand Firmly on Windy Days:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of reinforced galvanized steel frame, the carport shelter ensures high sturdiness. Secured on the top frame with buckles, the canopy won't be blown away. What's more, you can tie it with wind ropes and anchor it with ground stakes for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/81AkGVD_hNL_f78c086e-f364-414e-a2ac-86fbe4542cab.jpg?v=1690281889\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Accessories Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The car shelter tent comes with a full set of accessories to make the installation much easier. Accessories include 2 pairs of gloves, 8 ground stakes, 16 aluminum ground stakes, 8 wind ropes, 8 expansion screws with hooks, and 16 expansion screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/71KPl9IuMQL_a7cf0cdc-679f-4454-a409-affe2d99513b.jpg?v=1690281865\" alt=\"Eletriclife All-Weather 10 x 20 FT Heavy Duty Carport without Sidewalls\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Double-Layer 180G PE, Galvanized Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 10 x 20 x 9.4 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 125 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x Ground Peg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x Wind Rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x Hooked Expansion Screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x Aluminum Ground Peg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x Expansion Screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43062423781514,"sku":"AW10020","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/10x20FT_Patio_Heavy_Duty_Carport_Garage-2.jpg?v=1690281608"},{"product_id":"600-lbs-motorcycle-carrier-hitch-mount-bike-rack-with-loading-ramp","title":"600LBS Motorcycle Hitch Carrier with Loading Ramp \u0026 2 Straps, Heavy Duty Steel Mount Hauler Rack for SUV RV, Dirt Bike Trailer Fits up to 7.5\" Wide Tire","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your motorcycle anywhere easier with our heavy-duty motorcycle carrier!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThe hitch-mounted motorcycle trailer is made of heavy-duty and anti-rust metal that promises durability and sturdiness. Besides, the loading ramp makes it easy to load on or take off the motorcycle easier (max tire width: 7.5\"). Also, the motorcycle can be fixed tightly with the 2 adjustable straps. So, you do not need to worry that your motorbike will wobble or fall off on the road, which is ideal for a family trip or repair shop. The motorcycle hauler is suitable for class III or IV 2-inch receivers. Thus, various vehicles, such as motorbikes, dirt bikes and scooters, can be carried. Furthermore, the adjustable 8-hole design is able to hold motorcycles of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_10.jpg?v=1700818912\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_11.jpg?v=1700818923\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_12.jpg?v=1700818940\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_13.jpg?v=1700818949\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_14.jpg?v=1700818959\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_15.jpg?v=1700818969\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e【Durable and Solid Construction】\u003c\/strong\u003eSteel construction which has high strength and good toughness. It can help you carry your motorcycle very firmly. Also the steel is impermeable,so you don’t worry about that your rack will rust when it rains. Tip: We recommend that don’t exceed 55MPH when loading the motorcycle. But the actual speed is adjustable according to your motorcycle weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_3_de10ff70-21b1-41ff-93ba-90c7075329f4.jpg?v=1700819075\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e【Large Load-Bearing Capacity】\u003c\/strong\u003eThis rack can be used to light bike as well as some heavy motorcycle, because it can support up to 600 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_4_4adce28e-8456-4c85-981d-50b95f05f1b7.jpg?v=1700819092\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e【Perfect Size and Widely Applicable】\u003c\/strong\u003eThe motorcycle rack is compatible with any vehicle with 2\" receiver. The hitch pin included with is 3\/4\", and rail is 79\" long with a raised adjustable wheel stop that serves as a stabilizing wheel chock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_7_f6d517fd-2a06-4639-86a9-3afe16317de1.jpg?v=1700819151\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e【Safe and Stable Transport】\u003c\/strong\u003eEquipped with 2 quick release lock which will help fasten your bike. Even if you are on the bumpy hillside, it will provide you a secure transport and keep your motorcycle ride safely behind your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_6_9eaefe4d-e393-4bce-a910-ff0a921cbf94.jpg?v=1700819115\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e【100% satisfaction】\u003c\/strong\u003eThe packages may arrive at different times, please be more patient with shipment. We promise we will response in 24 hours, we have confidence that you will love our professional customer service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 600 LBS Motorcycle Carrier Hitch Mount Bike Rack with Loading Ramp\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_5_2599b574-e0c5-4031-a47d-88d81451c0c8.jpg?v=1700819105\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of Track: 79\" x 8\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of Ramp: 72\" x 8\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner Ramp Width: 7.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHitch Receiver Type: 2\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 97 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 600 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Motorcycle Carrier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Fixing Straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44012839174282,"sku":"AU10010","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/600LBSMotorcycleCarrierHitchMountBikeRackwithLoadingRamp_1.jpg?v=1700817538"},{"product_id":"60-x-22-aluminum-hitch-mount-cargo-carrier-truck-luggage-basket-rack","title":"60\"x34\" Aluminum Hitch Cargo Carrier with 9\" High Side Rails, 500 lbs Capacity Luggage Basket Fits 2\" Receiver for SUV \u0026 Truck, w\/ Straps \u0026 Reflectors","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you need more space? Our 60” x 34” x 9”(L x W x H) rear hitch cargo carrier provides your vehicle with extra storage space, which can haul bulky items or carry up to 500 lbs of luggage, camping equipment, and more. Made of heavy-duty aluminum, this luggage hitch carrier is durable and sturdy. Plus, 2 reflectors ensure safety in severe weather. This receiver hitch cargo rack is a simple and effective solution to maximize your vehicle's storage area for a camping family trip!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Aluminum Hitch Carrier Truck Luggage Basket Rack\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeAluminumHitchCarrierTruckLuggageBasketRack_12.jpg?v=1701168332\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Aluminum Hitch Carrier Truck Luggage Basket Rack\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeAluminumHitchCarrierTruckLuggageBasketRack_2.jpg?v=1701168318\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Aluminum Hitch Carrier Truck Luggage Basket Rack\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeAluminumHitchCarrierTruckLuggageBasketRack_13.jpg?v=1701168343\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Aluminum Hitch Carrier Truck Luggage Basket Rack\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeAluminumHitchCarrierTruckLuggageBasketRack_1.jpg?v=1701168308\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Yet Lightweight Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eMade from premium aluminum, this hitch mount cargo carrier combines excellent durability with strength. With a net weight of only 25 lbs and a strong 500 lbs load capacity, it offers reliable heavy-duty support and lightweight handling for travel and outdoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Hitch Compatibility: \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned to fit standard 2-inch hitch receivers, this rear luggage cargo rack is compatible with Class III and IV hitches towing equipment. It mounts securely to various vehicles, such as SUVs, trucks, RVs, vans, and cars, providing dependable extra storage space for your journeys.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Cargo Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring inner dimensions of 59.5\" x 22\" x 6\", this cargo carrier provides ample room for luggage, camping gear, coolers, tools, and travel essentials. The elongated platform helps organize bulky items more efficiently while keeping gear loading and unloading convenient.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Protection \u0026amp; Visibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 9-inch raised side rails surrounding the platform help keep cargo securely in place during transport. In addition, the aluminum cargo basket includes 2 tie-down straps for added stability and red reflectors to improve visibility and safety in low-light or nighttime driving conditions.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Travel \u0026amp; Outdoor Adventures: \u003c\/strong\u003ePerfect for family road trips, camping weekends, tailgating, moving tasks, and fishing outings, this trailer hitch cargo rack expands your vehicle’s carrying capacity without taking up interior space. Its rear-mounted design offers versatile storage for a wide range of activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimensions: 60” x 34” x 9” (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInside Dimensions: 59.5” x 22” x 6” (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Hitch Receiver Size: 2” - Class III or Class IV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 500 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 25 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Hitch Cargo Carrier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44029367156874,"sku":"AT4336","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife-Aluminum-Hitch-Cargo-Carrier-with-9inch-High-Side-Rails-500lbs-Capacity_01.jpg?v=1778222249"},{"product_id":"500-lbs-heavy-duty-hitch-mount-wheelchair-carrier-with-mobility-ramp","title":"Folding Hitch Cargo Carrier with Ramp, 500 lbs Heavy Duty Mobility Scooter Wheelchair Carrier for Car SUV Truck with Stabilizer \u0026 2 Tie-Down Straps","description":"\u003cp\u003eAre you still worried about how to carry a small wheeled device when you go out? Are you still thinking about how to put the wheelchair in the vehicle? Our Heavy-duty Folding Hitch Mount Cargo Carrier with Ramp is the perfect solution designed to make life easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_3.jpg?v=1702372966\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_1.jpg?v=1702372933\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_2.jpg?v=1702372954\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_5.jpg?v=1702372986\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_4.jpg?v=1702372976\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_6.jpg?v=1702372997\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 2” Hitch Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hitch mount cargo carrier is equipped with a standard 2” x 2” receiver that makes it fit all class III or class IV trailer hitches. Therefore, you can use this carrier with your truck, van, SUV and pickup, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_9.jpg?v=1702373021\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lbs Max Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of the sturdy and rustproof metal frame, this hitch mount wheelchair carrier comes with 500 lbs strong loading capacity, allowing you to load different items, such as scooters, garden tools and camping gears, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_13.jpg?v=1702373069\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Carrier with Ramp:\u003c\/strong\u003e When you get to your destination, just lay the ramp down to effortlessly unload your belongings. Then, you can simply fold this cargo carrier for easy parking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_8.jpg?v=1702373007\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_11.jpg?v=1702373043\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Security:\u003c\/strong\u003e There are double reflectors on the back of this folding wheelchair carrier that is designed to alert other drivers, enabling a safe ride at night. Besides, the 3.5” side rails prevent items from falling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_10.jpg?v=1702373033\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hitch mount scooter carrier includes an anti-rattle stabilizer, which effectively reduces noise and wobble during driving. Moreover, the 2 tie-down straps firmly fix your belongings in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 500 LBS Heavy-Duty Folding Hitch Mount Wheelchair Carrier\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_14.jpg?v=1702373080\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarrier Bed Size: 48-3\/4\" x 27-3\/4\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarrier Ramp Size: 42\" x 26-1\/2\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Hitch Receiver Size: 2\" (For Class III or Class IV Trailer Hitches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Load Capacity: 500 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 72 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Wheelchair Carrier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Tie-down Straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44072238219402,"sku":"AU10006","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife500LBSHeavy-DutyFoldingHitchMountWheelchairCarrier_7.jpg?v=1774920326"},{"product_id":"3-6-x-7-1-ft-outdoor-storage-shed-tool-house-with-floor-base","title":"3.6 FT x 7.1 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed, Weather-Resistant Garden Tool House with Floor Base, Air Vents \u0026 Lockable Door for Backyard, Patio, Lawn","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis high-quality outdoor tool shed can provide ample storage space for various items such as bikes, tools, farm implements, and even a lawn mower. Moreover, this outdoor tool shed offers exceptional weather resistance, providing protection against sun damage, fading, and water accumulation. Apart from that, the stainless steel material ensures durability, while the four reinforced steel pipes contribute to its sturdiness and stability. Additionally, with its multi-usage design, this tool shed serves as a versatile space that can be used for various purposes, such as a tool room, pet room, garbage room, or storage room. The ventilated air windows can promote air circulation and the corner protective shell adds an extra layer of protection to keep your belongings safe. Order now and transform your garden or yard into a tidy and efficient area with our top-notch outdoor tool shed!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_5_013134f6-b22f-4436-80db-d7d446d29a52.jpg?v=1702456296\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Storage Solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e With 21 sq. ft floor space, the tool storage house provides 100 cu. ft ample storage space for various items such as bikes, toolboxes, garbage bins, farm implements, and lawn mowers. You can easily organize your outdoor tools and create a clutter-free environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_6_f39bdef7-fb95-4538-bf4a-8d2f1622b94e.jpg?v=1702456315\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_7_546121f9-2761-4542-8692-5d1a703ce043.jpg?v=1702456329\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted from premium stainless steel material, it offers reliable strength and resilience. Moreover, the 4 reinforced steel pipes and ground foundation frame further enhance its structural integrity, ensuring stability and long-term durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_9_09a4ee30-596d-41b7-bf26-a3238e061ac0.jpg?v=1702456382\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Metal Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a spire roof design, the outdoor storage organizer allows for quick drainage and prevents rainwater accumulation that may lead to rust, and the air windows promote air circulation to maintain a dry environment. Additionally, the metal shed features water resistance and sun protection that protect the storage room for long term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_8_63531d9c-11cf-4fe7-8041-7650cddf2554.jpg?v=1702456360\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortlessly \u0026amp; Safe Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Experience the ultimate convenience and security for your gardening tools with our exceptional garden shed. Featuring 2 sliding doors, you can enjoy unrivaled privacy and convenience at the same time. Moreover, the innovative ramp design allows for effortless entry, making it easy to push in your carts and wheelbarrows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_10_61d55b82-3db5-45cc-9d1a-2194d89d5fb7.jpg?v=1702456394\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with safety in mind, our garden shed features protective covers to prevent injury and gaskets that protect screw paint from scratches, thus avoiding rust formation. During installation, it is recommended to wear gloves for added safety. Additionally, having two people working together ensures a smooth and efficient assembly process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Tool House with Floor Base\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_1_863062ca-31dc-41c2-b2ce-411cbccb4d78.jpg?v=1702456270\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey Material: Galvanized Steel, Color Steel Tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 7.1’ x 3.6’ x 5.7’\/ 217 x 110 x 174cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor Space: 21 Sq. Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Weight Capacity: 110 LBS\/ 50 KG\/m²\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 100 Cu. Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 32” x 61”\/ 82 x 155 cm (L X W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 54 lbs\/24.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tool Room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Foundation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44074765451402,"sku":"GT4058+","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife3.6x7.1FTOutdoorStorageShedToolHousewithFloorBase_2.jpg?v=1702456873"},{"product_id":"outdoor-heavy-duty-motorcycle-shelter-waterproof-storage-shed","title":"Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter, Heavy Duty Motorbike Shed Waterproof Storage Garage Tent with 600D Oxford Cover \u0026 2 Roll-up Windows, 136\" x 54\" x 75\"","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhy need a motorcycle storage shelter? If your motorcycle is left unprotected for a long period of time, it will quickly break down. Therefore, our motorcycle garage is a reliable choice to provide all-round protection for your motorcycle, motorbike, scooter, vehicles. Crafted from 300*600D oxford fabric with a PVC coating, the heavy duty shelter is not only waterproof but also breathable and tear-resistant. Meanwhile, it is snow-proof, dust-proof and sun-proof, ensuring that your vehicles and belongings remain protected. The ventilated mesh window can promote air circulation to keep your items dry. The usage of expansion bolts ensures a secure fixation, adding to the overall stability. Moreover, the enlarged metal base and robust metal pipes further contribute to the strong frame. Besides, the motorcycle tent features versatile design, which can be used as a firewood storage room or bicycle shed. Trust in our garage shed to provide the utmost protection for your motorcycles!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_1_845733da-8f9a-44b2-bc05-43b0f139da73.jpg?v=1703068678\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_2_ea1aad5f-c010-46e3-80f1-61ea61aca6e7.jpg?v=1703068688\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Protective Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with a 300 x 600D oxford cover, the motorcycle shelter is not easy to wear and tear. Therefore, it will provide protection for your motorbikes for longer time. Besides, the durable cover is coated with PVC to protect the motorcycles from bad environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_3_5910cb9e-f98f-45aa-9a79-ddc8ca65a96e.jpg?v=1703068698\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_8_0bd6474a-42db-4727-ac58-61e309c96532.jpg?v=1703068752\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVented Mesh Window:\u003c\/strong\u003e The heavy duty motorcycle shed features a mesh window that can be easily rolled up for increased airflow and ventilation, thus preventing your belongings from getting wet and maintaining a fresh environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_7_0fcf461f-dab9-4368-a8ab-fb2b769f9e02.jpg?v=1703068740\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUncompromising Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with expansion bolt, the motorcycle garage can be firmly secured to the ground without being blown away. Moreover, the enlarged metal base and rustproof metal pipes will contribute to the sturdy frame of the shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_4_f7d29a13-0e0a-4bbf-a2ca-b67c42a155c9.jpg?v=1703068707\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Usage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The motorcycle tent offers more than just protection for your motorcycles. Its versatile design allows it to be used as a firewood storage room, scooter shelter or even a bicycle shed, providing you with added storage options for your outdoor belongings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_5_ff3599f4-c0c8-47d1-9124-387deaff8379.jpg?v=1703068717\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Assembly \u0026amp; Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coming with detailed instruction and numbered parts, the motorbike hard cover can be quickly installed. Measuring 136\" x 54\" x 75\"(L x W x H), the large motorcycle storage shed is able to accommodate most motorcycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_6_a54569fb-eeb2-43ef-b44f-1397b4d30010.jpg?v=1703068727\" alt=\"Eletriclife 11.2' x 4.5' x 6.3' Waterproof Motorbike Storage Tent Outdoor Motorcycle Shelter\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal, 600D Oxford Cloth, PVC Coating, PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 11.2ft x 4.5ft x 6.3ft(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 57.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Motorcycle Shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44092590194826,"sku":"AW10025BK","price":209.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife11.2_x4.5_x6.3_WaterproofMotorbikeStorageTentOutdoorMotorcycleShelter_2.jpg?v=1703069221"},{"product_id":"7-x-5-2-ft-heavy-duty-outdoor-bike-storage-tent","title":"7x5.2Ft Heavy-Duty Outdoor Storage Shed Tent with Waterproof Cover \u0026 Roll-Up Zipper Door, Portable Shelter for Bikes, Garden Tools \u0026 Motorcycles","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith dimensions of 86” x 63” x 65”, our large storage shed offers ample room to accommodate most bicycles. But our storage shelter is not limited to bike storage. You can also use it as a utility room, wood storage house and tool shed. With large roll-up door, you can easily get in and out. Crafted with PE, the premium cover is snow-resistant, drizzle-resistant and sun-proof. Equipped with 4 l-shaped ground stakes and 4 wind ropes, the storage tent will be firmly secured to the ground. Moreover, there are 6 u-shaped ground stakes prevent it from being easily blown away by strong winds. Besides, the high-strength galvanized steel tubes used ensure a strong frame. More importantly, the garden storage tent features friendly design for easy assembly. For example, it comes with elastic cord to fix the cover and spring buckle to connect the pipes. Our outdoor storage shed is a reliable and versatile solution to protect your bicycles!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_4_6669d8d5-cde8-42cf-a326-321fde3fc5e4.jpg?v=1703069770\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_6_3c45bf17-f9aa-43b0-a985-7180092af9ac.jpg?v=1703069793\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindproof \u0026amp; Stable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the inclusion of 4 l-shaped ground stakes and 4 wind ropes, the outdoor storage shed is less prone to tip over. Additionally, to make it more windproof, 6 u-shaped ground stakes are provided. And the storage tent is supported by robust galvanized steel for sturdy construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_7_e1f88e4b-5946-498d-b139-5524f518eae8.jpg?v=1703069802\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Weather Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coming with PE cover, the bicycle shed ensures that the cover can withstand all kinds of weather conditions, making it highly long-lasting. No matter the rain, snow, or harsh sunlight, your bicycles will remain safe and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_3_2e6d09e9-95ba-4390-ab72-4c00d0592cd8.jpg?v=1703069761\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Up Zippered Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large door of the shed is equipped with double-sided zippers, allowing for convenient entry and exit from both inside and outside. This feature ensures easy accessibility to your stored items. Besides, the door can be rolled up to promote ventilation, thus keep your items dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_8_38ae65a7-e85e-4a8e-a958-45960f695cfb.jpg?v=1703069811\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Storage Solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measuring 7 x 5.2 x 5.4ft, our portable shed offers generous space to accommodate most bicycles. However, its functionality doesn't end at bike storage. You can also utilize this versatile shelter to store your gardening tools, motorcycles and firewood!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_5_917bf3df-6786-4c2b-a9c5-e695ae4a9276.jpg?v=1703069782\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Sweet Gift:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage tent features tool-free frame, making assembly a breeze for you. With detailed instruction manual, you can quickly finish the installation. Besides, a pair of gloves is provided to protect your hands during the assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_1_ee13179a-ff5e-491e-9b3c-8b9785bd7cc9.jpg?v=1703069743\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_2_9a145fb5-2ac8-470f-b4f0-c28328849eec.jpg?v=1703069752\" alt=\"Eletriclife 7 x 5.2 FT Outdoor Bike Storage Tent with Waterproof Cover\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal, 170g PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 86” x 63” x 65” (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 50” x 48”(L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 39 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x L-shaped Ground Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 x U-shaped Ground Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Wind Ropes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44092594815114,"sku":"AW10026GR","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife7x5.2FTOutdoorBikeStorageTentwithWaterproofCover_4.jpg?v=1703069624"},{"product_id":"6-3-x-3-5-ft-outdoor-metal-storage-shed-with-base-floor","title":"6.3 x 3.5 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Garden Shed Tool Storage House with 4 Vents, Base Floor, Lockable Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRedefine outdoor storage solutions with the garden metal shed!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spacious outdoor storage shed offers 122 Cu.Ft of storage capacity, enough to hold all your bicycle, patio furniture, pool equipment, firewood and gardening tool. The versatile design offers endless possibilities, such as being used as a garbage room and pet house as needed. The sliding doors operate smoothly and have the option to be locked for added security. Additionally, the high-quality garden shed includes 4 air vents to enhance air circulation and reduce humidity. The heavy-duty metal construction and reinforced vertical rods provide increased strength and stability for the storage shed, while ensuring easy maintenance. The sloping steel tile roof is durable and can withstand any weather conditions, ensuring it remains a reliable fixture in your backyard for many years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_8.jpg?v=1708762543\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCater to Different Needs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boasting 122 Cu. Ft storage capacity, the utility tool house is sufficient to accommodate pool equipment, tools, bicycles, lawn mowers and more. Additionally, the large tool shed can be easily converted into a garbage room, a utility room or a pet house as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_2.jpg?v=1708762468\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgraded Material \u0026amp; Pitched Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof is constructed of weather-resistant color-coated steel, allowing the garden storage house to withstand various outdoor conditions. Moreover, the pitched roof reduces stress area and facilitates water drainage for longevity. Plus, the groove design promotes water drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_3.jpg?v=1708762484\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Stability \u0026amp; Wind-resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage room is made of galvanized steel, which is crack-resistant, non-deformable and rustproof for longevity. Besides, the inner structure is strengthened by a thick crossbeam and 4 triangle corners. And the exterior features reinforced base plate for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_4.jpg?v=1708762496\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable Door \u0026amp; 4 Vents:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage shed is designed with sliding doors that operate smoothly and can be locked to prevent theft. Equipped with 4 air vents, the heavy duty storage room ensures proper airflow and preventing any potential issues related to odor buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_5.jpg?v=1708762507\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Base Floor \u0026amp; Extra Gifts:\u003c\/strong\u003e With included base floor, the outdoor tool shed will protect your items from getting wet. For safe assembly, we have prepared 2 pair of glove to protect your hands. Note: The assembly should be finished under the guidance of the provided instruction. The product size is 6.3’ x 3.5’ x 6.4’(L X W X H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_6.jpg?v=1708762518\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 3.5 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Base Floor\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedwithBaseFloor_7.jpg?v=1708762533\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Dark Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Steel, Color-coated Steel Tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 6.3’ x 3.5’ x 6.4’\/193 cm x 108 cm x 196 cm (L X W X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation Dimension: 48” x 36”\/123 cm x 92 cm(L X W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 2’ x 5.2’\/60 cm x 160 cm (L X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 122 Cu.ft\/ 3.44 m³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool Shed Net Weight: 83 lbs\/38 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation Net Weight: 3.5 lbs\/1.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tool Room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Foundation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"without Base Floor","offer_id":44319821693066,"sku":"GT4224GR-1","price":285.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"with Base Floor","offer_id":44319821725834,"sku":"GT4224GR-1+GT4224GR-A","price":318.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/6.3x3.5FT-08.jpg?v=1708762864"},{"product_id":"rolling-patio-wooden-deck-box-with-2-wheelsand-side-handle","title":"48 Gallon Wooden Rolling Patio Storage Deck Box, Garden Organizer Box with 2 Wheels, 1 Handle, Water-resistant Inner Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eLooking for a durable and versatile outdoor storage solution? Our Acacia Wood Storage Box is perfect for organizing cushions, blankets, and more. Crafted from solid acacia wood, it offers 48 gallons of storage space. With a unique slat design for airflow and a water-resistant inner bag, your items stay protected. It's easy to access with flexible hinges and a convenient handle, plus it has smooth wheels for effortless movement. Assembly is quick, and cleaning is a breeze!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Rolling Patio Wooden Deck Box with 2 Wheelsand Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_8_d8dfb278-efcd-489c-870d-5e12dd5e2919.jpg?v=1709276926\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48Gal Large Storage Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e This wooden deck box features 48 gallon storage capacity, which will be an ideal storage solution for cushions, pillows, extra blankets, pool toys. Therefore, all your indoor or outdoor supplies will have a large and safe place to store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Rolling Patio Wooden Deck Box with 2 Wheelsand Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_15_94497515-237c-4ea0-b934-2c22702530ae.jpg?v=1709276821\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelected Acacia Wood Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted of natural high-strength acacia wood, the outdoor storage box is durable and anti-crack, which withstands the test of time and various weather conditions. What's more, the breathable slats allow for proper airflow to avoid bad smells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Rolling Patio Wooden Deck Box with 2 Wheelsand Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_14_ac3882a6-9207-4069-b059-fa9317c93127.jpg?v=1709276798\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes 2 in 1 Fabric Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The patio wooden storage box comes with a waterproof fabric cover, which is not only used as the inner lining to protect your items from moisture or dust, but also serves great as outer cover to protect the wooden box from water or sunlight damages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Rolling Patio Wooden Deck Box with 2 Wheelsand Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_18_b50ff62f-7c11-40c4-8028-120bab17473f.jpg?v=1709276864\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Opening and Smooth Moving:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top ring pull and quality metal hinges allow you to open or close the box lid with ease. Also designed with 2 smooth wheels and convenient side handle, the outdoor deck box is easy to move from one place to another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Rolling Patio Wooden Deck Box with 2 Wheelsand Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_17_65d59882-5f2f-4fb7-92bf-5a38f3350b3d.jpg?v=1709276850\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Assembly and Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e We provide you with illustrated instructions to help you finish the assembly in a short time. Once assembled, this versatile storage box will be a great addition to any indoor or outdoor living space, such as garden, backyard, poolside etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Rolling Patio Wooden Deck Box with 2 Wheelsand Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_16_1e44507e-3a01-46e9-9e16-a57ec4ad6b92.jpg?v=1709276837\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Acacia Wood, Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 48 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 50” x 19.5” x 17.5” (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 35 Ibs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBotton Load Capacity: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage Box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44356394549386,"sku":"OP71258","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeRollingPatioWoodenDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle_13.jpg?v=1709275990"},{"product_id":"garden-potting-bench-table-storage-cabinet-with-metal-tabletop","title":"Outdoor Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet with Metal Plated Tabletop, 2 Storage Shelves, Magnetic Catch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose our wooden potting table for an organized and lively garden!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe garden potting bench table features a large workstation, allowing you to take care of the plants easily. The metal plated workstation is rustproof and stable to hold up to 110 lbs. With 2 large shelves, our 2-in-a garden shed is also a perfect storage option for kinds of gardening tools, such as scissors, shovels, gloves, etc. In addition, the garden potting table is designed with 3 rolling doors, allowing you to put it down to protect the privacy of tools or roll it up to bring natural light in. And the front shutter door will facilitate air circulation. The garden shed is mainly made of solid and durable fir wood, which is weather-resistant with varnished surface. Therefore, it is suitable for many indoor occasions, such as garden, lawn, yard, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Garden Potting Bench Table with 2 Storage Shelves and Metal Plated Tabletop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_7_8f9c13a0-2747-45a3-bf59-af8dc2ac96bf.jpg?v=1709531757\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid and Durable Wood Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wooden garden workstation is constructed of selected fir wood, which is known for its high hardness and excellent crack-resistance. In addition, it is painted with odorless varnish to endure outdoor weather conditions, thus ensuring long companionship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Garden Potting Bench Table with 2 Storage Shelves and Metal Plated Tabletop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_2_2237a34b-e066-4adb-9494-b7cd1c49baf3.jpg?v=1709531584\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Metal Workstation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coming with an super large 21\" x 18\" metal workstation, the wooden garden bench table provides easy access for you to tend the plants. In addition, the tabletop is made of painted metal, which is rust-resistant and easy to maintain to support lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Garden Potting Bench Table with 2 Storage Shelves and Metal Plated Tabletop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_3_9d4e6d5c-dd13-469c-81f3-a25fff525d4f.jpg?v=1709531598\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSufficient Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The garden potting bench table features a spacious tabletop, enabling you to display potted plants. And there are 2 shelves to keep your gardening tools in private space, such as towels, shovels, watering pots, fertilizers, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Garden Potting Bench Table with 2 Storage Shelves and Metal Plated Tabletop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_6_b4bc8d85-7e29-4e86-b619-6d2785f8cac8.jpg?v=1709531634\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRolling and Louvered Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e There are 3 roll-up doors that can be rolled up to invite natural light in and promote plant growth. Or you can pull it down to protect the privacy of your tools. Additionally, the louvered door in front will facilitate air ventilation and keep the items dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Garden Potting Bench Table with 2 Storage Shelves and Metal Plated Tabletop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_5_89cf71b8-1151-4081-a669-ce3ac350ac1d.jpg?v=1709531612\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Height and Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with a reasonable height, you don't need to squat down or bend down to work. So if you had back pain before, the garden shed will be a wise choice. Besides, the garden planting table had maximize the space utilization to complement your garden, porch, lawn, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Garden Potting Bench Table with 2 Storage Shelves and Metal Plated Tabletop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_1_642096d3-f993-4061-9cf8-665103f86e3a.jpg?v=1709531573\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood, Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Size: 26\" x 18.5\" x 40\"\/67 x 47 x 100 cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 31.5\" x 13\"\/80 x 33.5 cm(L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower Shelf Size: 26\" x 17.5\" x 14.5\"\/67 x 44 x 39 cm(L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkstation Weight Capacity: 110 lbs\/50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Weight Capacity: 44 lbs\/20 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 24.5 lbs\/11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Wooden Garden Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44375776592010,"sku":"GT4027GR","price":175.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeGardenPottingBenchTablewith2StorageShelvesandMetalPlatedTabletop_4.jpg?v=1709531410"},{"product_id":"56-gallon-wood-deck-box-with-removable-waterproof-pe-liner","title":"56 Gallon Wooden Patio Storage Bench Box w\/Removable Waterproof PE Liner, Outdoor Deck Box with Wheels for Garden Tools, Pools Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUpgrade your outdoor organization with a sleek and spacious 56-gallon wood deck box! This stylish storage solution is a must-have for keeping your patio clutter-free and your belongings protected from the elements. Crafted from 100% high-quality fir wood, this durable storage box features a removable waterproof liner for further weather protection. With humanized details - 2 smooth wheels and a built-in handle - moving this storage bench around your yard is a breeze. Say goodbye to clutter and hello to convenience with this elegant and functional patio storage bench!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_3.jpg?v=1714270672\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_3.jpg?v=1714270672\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e56-Gallon Generous Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep your outdoor space tidy and appealing with this wood deck box, boasting a substantial 56-gallon capacity. Perfect for storing garden tools, pool accessories, or patio cushions, this storage box is as versatile as it is spacious.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 56-Gallon Wood Deck Box with Removable Waterproof PE Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_5.jpg?v=1714270577\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Weather Protection: \u003c\/strong\u003eSafeguard your outdoor essentials against the elements with the storage box featuring a removable waterproof PE liner. This innovative design ensures that all contents stay dry and protected throughout the seasons.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 56-Gallon Wood Deck Box with Removable Waterproof PE Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_7.jpg?v=1714270605\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to Last: \u003c\/strong\u003eCrafted from high-quality fir wood, the patio storage bench is not just attractive but exceptionally durable. This natural material with exquisite workmanship and surface treating makes it an ideal choice for outdoor furnishings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 56-Gallon Wood Deck Box with Removable Waterproof PE Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_6.jpg?v=1714270590\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Experience ultimate convenience with this deck box, designed for easy mobility. Equipped with 2 robust wheels and a solid handle, repositioning your storage unit across your patio or garden is a breeze.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 56-Gallon Wood Deck Box with Removable Waterproof PE Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_8.jpg?v=1714270616\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Made Simple: \u003c\/strong\u003eWith clear instructions and all necessary hardware included, you’ll have your new storage solution set up and ready to use in no time. Enjoy a hassle-free enhancement to your outdoor living space!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 56-Gallon Wood Deck Box with Removable Waterproof PE Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_56-Gallon_Wood_Deck_Box_with_Removable_Waterproof_PE_Liner_1.jpg?v=1714270561\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterial: Fir Wood, PE\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverall Dimensions: 45” x 23” x 20” (L x W x H)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInterior Dimensions: 42” x 19.5” x 14.5” (L x W x H)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel Diameter: 5”\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapacity: 56 Gal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaximum Weight of Top: 110 lbs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNet Weight: 35 lbs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x Wood Deck Box with Liner\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44808308916362,"sku":"GT4197CF","price":197.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife56-GallonWoodDeckBoxwithRemovableWaterproofPELiner_3.jpg?v=1714270824"},{"product_id":"174-gallon-all-weather-outdoor-storage-box-with-ventilated-window","title":"174 Gallon All Weather Outdoor Storage Box Patio Tarpaulin Deck Box with Ventilated Window, Adjustable Snap","description":"\u003cp\u003ekeep your outdoor space neat and tidy with our deck boxes outdoor waterproof! Crafted with durable PVC material and reinforced with a sturdy metal frame, this outdoor patio storage bin ensures long-lasting durability and stability. Boasting an impressive 174-gallon capacity, this backyard cushion storage provides ample space to neatly organize a variety of items including patio cushions, deck pillows, camping gear, pool toys, firewood, and garden tools. Versatile in its application, this outdoor toy storage is perfect for deck, garden, patio, lawn, porch, and camping use. Streamline your outdoor storage needs with our robust deck boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Outdoor Storage Box with Ventilated Window Adjustable Snap\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Waterproof_Outdoor_Storage_Box_with_Ventilated_Window_Adjustable_Snap_2.jpg?v=1714271665\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌞【\u003cstrong\u003eAll Weather Waterproof Tarpaulin\u003c\/strong\u003e】 Crafted from durable PVC material with reinforced edges, this outside storage box waterproof can withstand outdoor weather conditions for long-lasting use. The unique gable roof features a shorter slope, allowing rain to slide off quickly and reducing the risk of water build-up compared to traditional pent roofs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Outdoor Storage Box with Ventilated Window Adjustable Snap\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Waterproof_Outdoor_Storage_Box_with_Ventilated_Window_Adjustable_Snap_5.jpg?v=1714271506\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌞【\u003cstrong\u003e174 Gallon Storage Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e】 The interior dimensions of this deck storage box are 59\" L x 27\" W x 30.5\" H x 22\" H. Constructed with a sturdy steel frame, this camping box has a generous storage capacity of up to 174 gallons, perfect for storing large items like patio cushions, deck pillows, lawn supplies, camping gear, pool toys, and garden tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Outdoor Storage Box with Ventilated Window Adjustable Snap\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Waterproof_Outdoor_Storage_Box_with_Ventilated_Window_Adjustable_Snap_8.jpg?v=1714271554\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌞【\u003cstrong\u003e4 Corner Protectors \u0026amp; Adjustable Buckle\u003c\/strong\u003e】 Enhance the durability and wear resistance of this outdoor cushion storage bin with its raised and reinforced corner guards, which minimize friction with the floor. Additionally, the premium clasps located around the top allow for easy adjustment of size, ensuring a snug fit that can be loosened to accommodate various needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Outdoor Storage Box with Ventilated Window Adjustable Snap\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Waterproof_Outdoor_Storage_Box_with_Ventilated_Window_Adjustable_Snap_7.jpg?v=1714271544\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌞【\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design \u0026amp; Ventilation Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e】 Featuring convenient handles on both sides, this poolside storage container allows for effortless transportation. The addition of a accessory storage bag and lightweight frame (Net Weight: 17.5 lbs) further enhances portability, making it simple to bring your storage case with you wherever you go. The 2 side vents allow moisture to escape, keeping the contents dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Outdoor Storage Box with Ventilated Window Adjustable Snap\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Waterproof_Outdoor_Storage_Box_with_Ventilated_Window_Adjustable_Snap_6.jpg?v=1714271527\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌞【\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free Assembly \u0026amp; Wide Application\u003c\/strong\u003e】 This assembly of this outdoor storage box waterproof is very straightforward, no tools required, just put the all labeled pieces together. With a bright green and elegant appearance, our patio storage boxes are perfect for deck, patio, lawn, porch, pool and camping, providing you with plenty of storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Waterproof Outdoor Storage Box with Ventilated Window Adjustable Snap\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Waterproof_Outdoor_Storage_Box_with_Ventilated_Window_Adjustable_Snap_10.jpg?v=1714271567\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel, PVC, Fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem weight: 17.5 lbs \/ 8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 59\" x 27\" x 30.5\" (L x W x H) \/ 150 * 67* 75.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVentilated Window Dimension: 9” x 4.5” (L x W) \/ 22.5*12cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Box Volume: 174G \/ 658L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44808314421386,"sku":"TA10045GN","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWaterproofOutdoorStorageBoxwithVentilatedWindowAdjustableSnap_1.jpg?v=1714271721"},{"product_id":"weather-resistant-galvanized-steel-shed-with-tilted-roof","title":"8' x 6' Woodgrain Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Waterproof Garden Shed Tool House Organizer w\/Base Floor, 4 Vents, Lockable Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis spacious outdoor storage shed offers 250 Cu.Ft of storage capacity, enough to hold all your bicycle, lawn mower, ladder, firewood and tool. The sliding doors operate smoothly and have the option to be locked for added security. Additionally, the shed is equipped with a ramp at the entrance, making it easy to access wheeled tools. This high-quality garden shed includes 4 vents to enhance air circulation and reduce humidity. The heavy-duty metal construction and reinforced vertical rods provide increased strength and stability for the storage shed. The sloping steel tile roof is durable and can withstand any weather conditions, ensuring it remains a reliable fixture in your backyard for many years. Redefine outdoor storage solutions with the garden metal shed!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_6.jpg?v=1715302565\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoomy and Versatile Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with a spacious 7 cubic meters of storage capacity, this outdoor storage shed easily guards various large tools such as ladders, bicycles, lawn mowers and more. Not only can it serve as a garden tool shed, utility room and garbage chamber, but it can also be used as a temporary pet shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_7.jpg?v=1715302576\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable and Stable Construction: \u003c\/strong\u003eCrafted from heavy-duty galvanized steel sheets and bolstered by robust color steel tiles, this weather-resistant storage shed stands defiant against deformation. Besides, the reinforced vertical steel tubes are added on 4 sides to support the overall frame, further improving its wind resistance and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_10.jpg?v=1715302620\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilated Shelter with Tilted Roof: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis metal storage shed's unique sloped roof design isn't just about aesthetics—it's engineered to deflect rainwater like a shield. With 4 ventilated shutter vents to welcome light and air, this patio storage shed maintains a fresh and dry interior, discouraging odors and rust from diminishing your tools' integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_11.jpg?v=1715302632\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable Door and Built-in Ramp:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bid farewell to unwarranted animal visits or security woes, thanks to the lockable door (Note: Lock is not included) featured by this garden tool shed. The smooth sliding track ensures hassle-free access for you, while the built-in ramp at the entrance offers added convenience for wheeling in heavier tools or machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_9.jpg?v=1715302608\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Floor for Elevated Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With detailed instructions and 2 pairs of gloves, you'll be able to complete the assembly of your storage shed more conveniently. What's more, this metal garden shed includes a floor base, raising your stored items safely above ground level. Wave goodbye to worries of dampness and puddles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_8.jpg?v=1715302596\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife Weather Resistant Galvanized Steel Shed with Tilted Roof for Backyard Garden Patio Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_Weather_Resistant_Galvanized_Steel_Shed_with_Tilted_Roof_for_Backyard_Garden_Patio_Lawn_1.jpg?v=1715302551\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Steel, Color-coated Steel Tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 102'' x 77'' x 72.5'' (L X W X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 41'' x 61.5''(L X W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 250 Cu. ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 95 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tool Room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Ground Stake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44872359313546,"sku":"GT4105NA+","price":449.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/EletriclifeWeatherResistantGalvanizedSteelShedwithTiltedRoofforBackyardGardenPatioLawn_2.jpg?v=1715302528"},{"product_id":"8-x-6-3-ft-all-weather-metal-outdoor-storage-shed-with-lockable-door","title":"8 x 6.3 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed with Snap-on Structure \u0026 Lockable Door, All-Weather Galvanized Steel Bike Tool Shed for Garden, Backyard, Lawn","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis durable 264.5 cubic foot outdoor storage shed offers versatile space for storing gardening tools, utilizing as a utility room, garbage room, or pet house. Constructed with heavy-duty galvanized steel panels and a pitched roof with grooves, it provides excellent water and rust resistance, preventing water pooling. The two lockable doors enhance security. It can be anchored to a concrete base (fixation kit included) or wooden base for stability. The snap-together design simplifies assembly by reducing screws by 30% compared to previous screw fixation structures. Measuring a spacious 8x6.3x6 feet, it offers ample storage capacity. With its excellent weather resistance and rust prevention, this shed provides an all-weather outdoor storage solution!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_6.jpg?v=1715304104\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather and Durable Material: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe metal outdoor storage shed is constructed of heavy-duty galvanized color steel panels, which are characterized by excellent weather resistance and rust resistance, ensuring long-term outdoor use. And it adopts deformation-resistant wave shapes to withstand greater pressure at the interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_7.jpg?v=1715304117\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Space and Versatile Use: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis metal garden shed measures 8 x 6.3 x 6 FT (L x W x H) and the storage capacity is 264.5 Cu.Ft, provides ample space for gardening tools and equipment, and it can keep your yard clean and tidy. Moreover, this multifunctional outdoor storage shed can also serve as a tool room, utility room, garbage room, or even as a pet house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_1.jpg?v=1715304088\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_10.jpg?v=1715304158\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePitched Roof and Lockable Doors: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis all-weather tool shed is equipped with pitched roofs and there are grooves on the roof, which could effectively prevent water buildup and pooling. And the no-gap design ensures no water seepage. Besides, it is equipped with 2 lockable doors for added safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_11.jpg?v=1715304168\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Stable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rustproof outside storage house can be anchored on either a concrete base (fixation kit included) or a wooden base (fixation kit not included), enhancing overall stability and wind resistance. And it includes expansion screw kits (pre-drilled holes required), using 0.39\" concrete drill bit (not included) and drill holes 2.4\" deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_9.jpg?v=1715304143\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy and Effortless Installation: \u003c\/strong\u003eCompared to previous screw fixation structures, this garden shed boasts convenient snap-on structures, which could reduce the number of screws by 30%, making installation easier than before. For safety, we recommend wearing gloves and safety glasses during assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 8 x 6.3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_8_x_6.3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_8.jpg?v=1715304129\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Color Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 97\" x 76\" x 71\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the Door: 62\" x 62\" (L x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 264.5 Cu.Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFootprint: 47.5 Sq.Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 149 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tool Room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44872370225290,"sku":"GT4194GR+","price":429.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife8x6.3FTMetalOutdoorStorageShedwithLockableDoor_3.jpg?v=1715304073"},{"product_id":"6-3-x-2-8-ft-rustproof-metal-outdoor-storage-tool-shed-with-lockable-door","title":"6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Utility Storage Cabinet w\/Snap-on Structures \u0026 Lockable Door, Yard Garden Sheds for Bike Trash Cans","description":"\u003cp\u003eElevate your outdoor storage with our durable metal shed, featuring heavy-duty galvanized steel for superior weather resistance and a rustproof, deformation-resistant build. The innovative pitched roof design prevents water accumulation, while double lockable doors and a hydraulic-assisted openable roof offer easy access and security. With dimensions of 6.3 x 2.8 x 4.1 feet and a 61.5 cubic foot capacity, it's perfect for a variety of uses, from tool storage to a pet house. Stability is ensured with anchorable bases and an easy installation process is made even simpler with snap-on structures, reducing screws by 30%. Safety glasses and gloves are recommended during assembly for a hassle-free setup!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_6.jpg?v=1715328517\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_3.jpg?v=1715328533\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent Weather Resistance: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe metal outdoor storage shed is constructed of heavy-duty galvanized color steel panels, which are rustproof deformation-resistant, and built to last. Moreover, it adopts a pitched roof with a groove design, which could effectively prevent water buildup and pooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_8.jpg?v=1715328556\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Doors and Openable Roof: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe metal garden shed features double doors with a lockable metal latch, providing added security and convenience. Moreover, the roof can be safely and slowly opened and closed with retractable hydraulic rods, making fetching items a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_7.jpg?v=1715328545\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Space and Versatile Use: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis metal garden shed measures 6.3 x 2.8 x 4.1 FT (L x W x H) and the storage capacity is 61.5 Cu.Ft, provides ample space for gardening tools and equipment, and it can keep your yard clean and tidy. Moreover, this multifunctional outdoor storage shed can also serve as a tool room, utility room, garbage room, or even as a pet house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_1.jpg?v=1715328497\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Stable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rustproof outside storage house can be anchored on either a concrete base (fixation kit included) or a wooden base (fixation kit not included), enhancing overall stability and wind resistance. And it includes expansion screw kits (pre-drilled holes required), using 0.39\" concrete drill bit (not included) and drill holes 2.4\" deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_9.jpg?v=1715328568\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy and Effortless Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compared to previous screw fixation structures, this garden shed boasts convenient snap-on structures, which could reduce the number of screws by 30%, making installation easier than before. For safety, we recommend wearing gloves and safety glasses during assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 6.3 x 2.8 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_6.3_x_2.8_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Rustproof_Steel_Tool_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_10.jpg?v=1715328579\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Color Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 76\" x 34\" x 50\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the Door: 62\" x 45\" (L x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 61.5 Cu. Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFootprint: 16 Sq.Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 72 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44873359392906,"sku":"GT4195GR","price":285.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife6.3x2.8FTMetalOutdoorStorageShedRustproofSteelToolShedwithLockableDoor_3.jpg?v=1715412086"},{"product_id":"4-x-3-ft-metal-outdoor-storage-shed-with-lockable-door","title":"4 x 3 FT All-Weather Metal Outdoor Storage Shed w\/Lockable Door \u0026 Snap-on Structures, Utility Storage House Bike Tool Sheds for Garden Yard","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing our sturdy and versatile metal outdoor storage shed, designed to withstand all weather conditions with its heavy-duty color steel panels, exceptional rust resistance, and deformation-resistant wave shapes for added durability. This compact powerhouse measures 4 x 3 x 5.3 feet and offers a generous 56 cubic feet of space, ideal for securing gardening equipment, bikes, or even as a cozy outdoor pet house. With the option to anchor it to a concrete or wooden base for enhanced stability and wind resistance, this shed promises to maintain your yard's neat appearance. Its lockable design ensures the safety of your stored items. Assembly is a breeze with our new snap-on structure, reducing screw requirements by 50%, and for added safety during setup, we recommend using gloves and safety glasses. This is the perfect storage solution for anyone looking to organize their outdoor space efficiently and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_3.jpg?v=1715330782\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather and Durable Material: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe metal outdoor storage shed is constructed of heavy-duty color steel panels, which are characterized by excellent rust resistance and weather resistance, ensuring long-term outdoor use. And it adopts deformation-resistant wave shapes to withstand greater pressure at the interface.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_6.jpg?v=1715330618\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Space and Lockable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal garden shed measures 4 x 3 x 5.3 FT (L x W x H) and the storage capacity is 56 Cu.Ft, providing convenient storage for various gardening equipment and tools, which could keep your yard or garden clean and tidy. Besides, it is equipped with a lockable door for added safety.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_10.jpg?v=1715330676\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_1.jpg?v=1715330604\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Stable Construction: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe rustproof outside storage house can be anchored on either a concrete base (fixation kit included) or a wooden base (fixation kit not included), enhancing overall stability and wind resistance. And it includes expansion screw kits (pre-drilled holes required), using 0.39\" concrete drill bit (not included) and drill holes 2.4\" deep.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_8.jpg?v=1715330647\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This multipurpose outdoor storage shed can serve as a tool room or utility room to keep gardening tools, bikes, lawnmowers, sports equipment, or any other things that you want to store. It can also be used as a garbage room to hide unsightly garbage cans, or as a pet house to keep your furry friends safe and warm outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_9.jpg?v=1715330663\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy and Effortless Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compared to previous screw fixation structures, this garden shed boasts convenient snap-on structures, which could reduce the number of screws by 50%, making installation easier than before. For safety, we recommend wearing gloves and safety glasses during assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife_4_x_3_FT_Metal_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_with_Lockable_Door_7.jpg?v=1715330629\" alt=\"Eletriclife 4 x 3 FT Metal Outdoor Storage Shed with Lockable Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color Steel\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 46\" x 35\" x 64\" (L x W x H)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of the Door: 21\" x 61\" (L x H)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 56 Cu.Ft\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFootprint: 10.5 Sq.Ft\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 57 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Metal Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eletriclife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44873516777610,"sku":"GT4192GR","price":209.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0554\/0731\/3034\/files\/Eletriclife4x3FTMetalOutdoorStorageShedwithLockableDoor_2.jpg?v=1715330528"}],"url":"https:\/\/eletriclife.com\/collections\/outdoor-organization.oembed?page=4","provider":"Eletriclife","version":"1.0","type":"link"}